3M Food Saver 39800 User Manual

3
3M-Matic™  
800rf  
Type 39800  
Automatic Random Case Sealer with  
AccuGlideII Taping Heads  
Service Manual  
Printed in U.S.A.  
3M Packaging Systems Division  
3M Center, Building 220-8W-01  
St. Paul, MN 55144-1000  
Copyright © 1999, 3M IPC.  
All rights reserved.  
78-8114-0965-1 Rev. B  
“3M-Matic” and “AccuGlide” are trademarks of 3M,  
St. Paul, MN 55144-1000  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Replacement Parts and Service Information  
To Our Customers:  
This is the 3M-Matic /AccuGlide /Scotch brand equipment you ordered.  
It has been set up and tested in the factory with “Scotch” brand tapes.  
If technical assistance or replacement parts are needed, call or Fax the  
appropriate number listed below.  
Technical Assistance  
3M-Match Helpline 1-800/328 1390. Please provide the customer support  
coordinator with the machine number, machine type/model and serial number.  
If you have a technical question that does not require an immediate response,  
you may Fax it to 715/381 0248.  
Replacement Parts  
Order parts by part number, part description and quantity required. Also include  
machine name, number and type. A parts order form is provided at the end of  
Section 7 of this manual, Illustrated Parts Breakdown.  
3M/Tape Dispenser Parts  
241 Venture Drive  
1-800/344 9883  
Amery, WI 54001-1325  
FAX# 715/268 8153  
Minimum billing on parts orders will be $25.00. Replacement part prices available on request.  
$10.00 restocking charge per invoice on returned parts.  
Note: Outside the U.S., contact the local 3M subsidiary for parts ordering information.  
3
3M Packaging Systems Division  
3M Center, Building 220-8W-01  
St. Paul, MN 55144-1000  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Replacement Parts and Service Information  
To Our Customers:  
This is the 3M-Matic /AccuGlide /Scotch brand equipment you ordered.  
It has been set up and tested in the factory with “Scotch” brand tapes. If  
any problems occur when operating this equipment, and you desire a ser-  
vice call, or phone consultation, call, write, or Fax the appropriate number  
listed below.  
SERVICE AND PARTS AVAILABLE DIRECT FROM:  
Order parts by part number, part description and quantity required. Also include  
machine name, number and type.  
3
3M Packaging Systems Division  
3M Center, Building 220-8W-01  
St. Paul, MN 55144-1000  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Revision History  
3M-Matic 800rf Service Manual  
Revision History  
The original issue of this manual and subsequent revisions are identified as follows:  
Issue date (Rev. A): 12/98, (Rev. B): 9/99  
Revision B revised pages include:  
Page  
Date  
Title Page  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
9/99  
Revision History  
vi  
5-3 through 5-8  
5-11, 5-12  
5-21  
7-5  
7-8 through 7-11  
7-18 through 7-20  
7-40  
7-42  
7-48  
7-54  
7-56 through 7-58  
7-61  
7-65  
A-i  
A-13 through A-42  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Revision History  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table of Contents  
Section 1. Description and Specifications  
1-1.  
1-2.  
1-3.  
1-4.  
1-5.  
Intended Use ............................................................................................................................................. 1-1  
Description ............................................................................................................................................... 1-2  
Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... 1-3  
Case Sealing Rate Approximation Formula ............................................................................................. 1-4  
Machine Dimensions ................................................................................................................................ 1-5  
Section 2. Installation  
2-1.  
2-2.  
2-3.  
General ..................................................................................................................................................... 2-1  
Unpacking................................................................................................................................................. 2-2  
Setup Procedure........................................................................................................................................ 2-3  
2-3-1. Case Sealer Bed Height ............................................................................................................... 2-3  
2-3-2. Rear Emergency Stop Switch Installation ................................................................................... 2-3  
2-3-3. Warning Beacon Installation ....................................................................................................... 2-4  
2-3-4. Pneumatic Connection................................................................................................................. 2-4  
2-3-5. Air Pressure Indicator.................................................................................................................. 2-5  
2-3-6. Air Pressure Regulators............................................................................................................... 2-5  
2-3-7. Electrical Connection .................................................................................................................. 2-6  
Tape Loading ............................................................................................................................................ 2-8  
2-4-1. Top Tape Head Loading ..............................................................................................................2-9  
2-4-2. Bottom Tape Head Loading.......................................................................................................2-10  
Tape Drum Friction Brake...................................................................................................................... 2-11  
Checkout Inspection (to be performed by an authorized 3M Service Technician) ................................ 2-11  
2-6-1. Static Tests.................................................................................................................................2-11  
2-6-2. Programmable Controller Inputs and Outputs...........................................................................2-15  
2-6-3. Dynamic Tests ...........................................................................................................................2-19  
Placing 800rf Case Sealer in Production Line ....................................................................................... 2-20  
Special Setup Procedure ......................................................................................................................... 2-21  
2-8-1. Relocating Pneumatic and Electrical Control Panels ................................................................2-21  
2-4.  
2-5.  
2-6.  
2-7.  
2-8.  
Section 3. Adjustments  
3-1.  
3-2.  
3-3.  
3-4.  
3-5.  
3-6.  
3-7.  
3-8.  
3-9.  
Case Sealer Bed Height ............................................................................................................................ 3-1  
Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points ...................................................................................................... 3-2  
Main Air Pressure Regulator .................................................................................................................... 3-4  
Box Centering Pressure Regulator ........................................................................................................... 3-4  
Side Belt Pressure Regulator .................................................................................................................... 3-5  
Side Belts Closure Drive Chain................................................................................................................ 3-5  
Side Belts In/Out Rates ............................................................................................................................ 3-6  
Side Belt Inner Limit ................................................................................................................................ 3-7  
Side Belt Tension...................................................................................................................................... 3-8  
3-10. Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower ...................................................................................................... 3-9  
3-11. Drive Chain ............................................................................................................................................ 3-10  
3-12. Safety Door Interlock ............................................................................................................................. 3-10  
3-13. Flap Folder Arm and Flap Folder Flow Controls - Speed Controls ....................................................... 3-11  
3-14. Flap Folder Arm Reed Switch ................................................................................................................ 3-12  
3-15. Cylinder Cushion Setting ....................................................................................................................... 3-13  
3-16. Paddle Pressure Regulator ...................................................................................................................... 3-13  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-17. Counter-Balance Pressure Regulator...................................................................................................... 3-14  
3-18. Case Top Sensitivity ............................................................................................................................... 3-14  
3-19. Fork Cylinder Flow Controls - Speed Controls...................................................................................... 3-15  
3-20. Infeed Box Stop-Gate Flow Control - Speed Control ............................................................................ 3-16  
3-21. Box Centering Rails In/Out Rates .......................................................................................................... 3-17  
3-22. Upper Head Assembly Down/Up Rates ................................................................................................. 3-18  
3-23. Top Flap Compression Rollers ............................................................................................................... 3-19  
3-24. Tape Web Alignment .............................................................................................................................. 3-19  
3-25. Tape Drum Friction Brake...................................................................................................................... 3-20  
3-26. Tape Applying Mechanism Spring ......................................................................................................... 3-20  
3-27. One-Way Tension Roller ........................................................................................................................ 3-21  
3-28. Low Air Pressure Switch ........................................................................................................................ 3-22  
3-29. Overload Circuit Breaker ....................................................................................................................... 3-23  
3-30. Head Travel Limit Switch ...................................................................................................................... 3-23  
Section 4. Disassembly/Reassembly  
4-1.  
4-2.  
4-3.  
4-4.  
4-5.  
4-6.  
4-7.  
4-8.  
4-9.  
General ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-1  
Format....................................................................................................................................................... 4-1  
Side Drive Belt Assembly ........................................................................................................................ 4-2  
Side Drive Belt ......................................................................................................................................... 4-3  
Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower ...................................................................................................... 4-4  
Case Sealer Bed Plates ............................................................................................................................. 4-6  
Fork Cylinder............................................................................................................................................ 4-7  
Side Drive Belts Cylinder......................................................................................................................... 4-7  
Flap Folder Cylinder ................................................................................................................................ 4-8  
4-10. Flap Folder Arm Cylinder ........................................................................................................................ 4-8  
4-11. Knife Replacement, Upper Taping Head.................................................................................................. 4-9  
4-12. Knife Replacement, Lower Taping Head ............................................................................................... 4-10  
4-13. Belt Drive Pulley Assembly Ribbed Rings ............................................................................................ 4-10  
4-14. Infeed Rollers ......................................................................................................................................... 4-12  
4-15. Overload Circuit Breaker ....................................................................................................................... 4-14  
Section 5. Theory of Operation  
5-1.  
5-2.  
General ..................................................................................................................................................... 5-1  
Operation Summary.................................................................................................................................. 5-1  
5-2-1. Random Mode ............................................................................................................................. 5-1  
5-2-2. Fixed Mode ................................................................................................................................. 5-2  
5-2-3. Bypass Mode ............................................................................................................................... 5-2  
Sequence Tables ....................................................................................................................................... 5-2  
Electrical System .................................................................................................................................... 5-14  
5-4-1. Power Distribution ....................................................................................................................5-14  
5-4-2. Special Circuits/Components ....................................................................................................5-14  
5-4-3. Electrical Schematic ..................................................................................................................5-16  
Pneumatic System .................................................................................................................................. 5-20  
Pneumatic Diagram ................................................................................................................... 5-21  
5-3.  
5-4.  
5-5.  
iv  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table of Contents  
Section 6. Troubleshooting  
6-1.  
6-2.  
6-3.  
6-4.  
General ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-1  
Troubleshooting Guide ............................................................................................................................. 6-1  
Pneumatic Component Testing ................................................................................................................. 6-6  
Electrical Circuit Fault Conditions........................................................................................................... 6-8  
Section 7. Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
7-1.  
7-2.  
7-3.  
7-4.  
How to Order Replacement Parts ............................................................................................................. 7-1  
Spare Parts ................................................................................................................................................ 7-1  
Suggested Spare Parts .............................................................................................................................. 7-1  
Illustrations and Parts Lists ...................................................................................................................... 7-2  
Figure 7-1. 800rf Case Sealer Breakdown .............................................................................................. 7-2  
Figure 7-2. Conveyor Frame ................................................................................................................... 7-4  
Figure 7-3. Conveyor Center Bed and Fork ............................................................................................ 7-8  
Figure 7-4. Conveyor Bed Rollers......................................................................................................... 7-10  
Figure 7-5. Side Belt Centering ............................................................................................................. 7-12  
Figure 7-6. Column Assembly ............................................................................................................... 7-16  
Figure 7-7. Flap Folder Assembly ......................................................................................................... 7-18  
Figure 7-8. Paddle Assembly................................................................................................................. 7-22  
Figure 7-9. Side Belt Rail Assembly ..................................................................................................... 7-24  
Figure 7-10. Head Cylinder Assembly .................................................................................................. 7-26  
Figure 7-11. Upper Tape Head Mount................................................................................................... 7-28  
Figure 7-12. Upper Tape Drum Bracket Assembly ............................................................................... 7-30  
Figure 7-13. Side Belt and Drive Assemblies ....................................................................................... 7-32  
Figure 7-14. Side Belt Drive Pulleys (Detail) ....................................................................................... 7-36  
Figure 7-15. Upper Head Conduit Assembly ........................................................................................ 7-38  
Figure 7-16. Electrical Control Panel .................................................................................................... 7-40  
Figure 7-17. Electrical Control Panel (Detail) ...................................................................................... 7-44  
Figure 7-18. Pneumatic Control Panel .................................................................................................. 7-46  
Figure 7-19. Pneumatic Components, #1 .............................................................................................. 7-48  
Figure 7-20. Pneumatic Components, #2 .............................................................................................. 7-50  
Figure 7-21. Pneumatic Components, #3 .............................................................................................. 7-52  
Figure 7-22. Sliding Door Assembly ..................................................................................................... 7-56  
Figure 7-23. Infeed Conveyor Frame .................................................................................................... 7-60  
Figure 7-24. Infeed Conveyor Drive Assembly..................................................................................... 7-64  
Figure 7-25. Infeed Conveyor Centering Assembly .............................................................................. 7-66  
Figure 7-26. Taping Head Assemblies - AccuGlide II STD 2-Inch ................................................... 7-70  
Figure 7-27. Frame Assembly for Upper Head ..................................................................................... 7-72  
Figure 7-28. Applying Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads ............................................................. 7-74  
Figure 7-29. Buffing Assembly for Upper Head ................................................................................... 7-76  
Figure 7-30. Link Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads .................................................................... 7-78  
Figure 7-31. Knife Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads................................................................... 7-80  
Figure 7-32. Tape Drum and Bracket for Upper and Lower Heads ...................................................... 7-82  
Figure 7-33. Frame Assembly for Lower Head ..................................................................................... 7-84  
Figure 7-34. Buffing Assembly for Lower Head................................................................................... 7-86  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Section 8. Preventative Maintenance  
8-1.  
General ..................................................................................................................................................... 8-1  
8-1-1. Maintenance ................................................................................................................................ 8-1  
8-1-2. Tool Kit ....................................................................................................................................... 8-1  
Cleaning.................................................................................................................................................... 8-1  
Lubrication ............................................................................................................................................... 8-2  
8-3-1. Taping Heads ............................................................................................................................... 8-2  
8-3-2. Main Assembly and Infeed Assembly ......................................................................................... 8-2  
Maintenance Schedule.............................................................................................................................. 8-4  
8-4-1. Taping Heads ............................................................................................................................... 8-4  
8-4-2. Infeed Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 8-4  
8-4-3. Main Assembly ............................................................................................................................ 8-5  
8-2.  
8-3.  
8-4.  
Appendix A. PLC Addendum  
A-1. SLC 500 Controller Description ............................................................................................................. A-1  
A-2. SLC 500 Specifications ........................................................................................................................... A-1  
A-3. Programming ........................................................................................................................................... A-4  
A-4. Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................... A-4  
A-5. Ladder Logic Diagram .......................................................................................................................... A-13  
A-6. Cross Reference..................................................................................................................................... A-36  
A-7. Replacement Parts ................................................................................................................................. A-40  
A-8. Documentation ...................................................................................................................................... A-41  
vi  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Safety Information  
Warning Label  
The “WARNING – Sharp Knife” label, shown in  
Figure 1, is attached to the orange cut-off knife  
guard on both taping heads. The label warns the  
operator and service personnel of the very sharp  
knife located behind the guard and to keep hands  
out of this area except for tape loading and servicing  
the taping heads.  
Figure 1. Warning Label  
Warning  
The taping heads are equipped with an  
orange knife guard that covers the knife.  
The taping heads must never be operated  
with the knife guards removed.  
Danger Label  
The “DANGER – Hazardous Voltage Unplug Power  
Before Servicing” label, shown in Figure 2, is  
attached to the front of the Electrical Control Panel,  
at the front of the machine. When power is on,  
opening the panel door allows access to +24 VDC  
and 220 VAC.  
Figure 2. Danger Label  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety Information  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Tape Threading Label  
The Tape Threading Label, shown in Figure 3, is  
attached to the left side of both the upper and lower  
taping heads. This label provides a convenient tape  
threading diagram. More detailed tape loading and  
threading information is provided in this manual in  
Section 2, Installation.  
Figure 3. Tape Threading Label  
STOP Switches  
The Model 800rf Type 39800 Case Sealer is  
equipped with three STOP switches. Their locations  
are shown in Figure 4. Pressing either of the red E-  
Stop switches stops the machine, removing electri-  
cal power and air pressure from the case sealer. To  
restart the machine, you must turn and release the E-  
Stop switch and then press the RESET button and  
the START button on the Electrical Control Panel.  
Pressing the STOP button on the Electrical Control  
Panel stops the machine and does not remove power  
from the controller. To restart the machine, you must  
press the RESET button and then the START button.  
Figure 4. STOP Switch Locations  
viii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Warranty  
Equipment Warranty and Limited Remedy: THE FOLLOWING WARRANTY IS MADE IN LIEU OF  
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE  
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING OUT OF A COURSE OF  
DEALING, A CUSTOMER OR USAGE OF TRADE:  
3M sells its 3M-Matic 800rf Fully Automatic Random Case Sealer with the following warranties:  
1. The Taping Head knife blades, springs and rollers will be free from all defects for ninety (90) days after  
delivery.  
2. All other Taping Head parts will be free from all defects for three (3) years after delivery.  
3. All other parts will be free from all defects for ninety (90) days after delivery.  
If any part is proved to be defective within its warranty period, then the exclusive remedy and 3M’s and seller’s  
sole obligation shall be, at 3M’s option, to repair or replace the part, provided the defective part is returned  
immediately to 3M’s factory or an authorized service station designated by 3M. A part will be presumed to have  
become defective after its warranty period unless the part is received or 3M is notified of the problem no later  
than five (5) calendar days after the warranty period. If 3M is unable to repair or replace the part within a  
reasonable time, then 3M at its option, will replace the equipment or refund the purchase price. 3M shall have no  
obligation to provide or pay for the labor required to install the repaired or replacement part. 3M shall have no  
obligation to repair or replace: (1) those parts failing due to operation misuse, carelessness or due to any  
accidental cause other than equipment failure, or (2) parts failing due to non-lubrication, inadequate cleaning,  
improper operating environment, improper utilities or operator error.  
Limitation of Liability: 3M and seller shall not be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential  
damages based upon breach of warranty, breach of contract, negligence, strict liability or any other legal theory.  
The foregoing Equipment Warranty and Limitation of Liability may be changed only by a written agreement  
signed by authorized officers of 3M and seller.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Warranty  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
x
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Description and Specifications  
Table of Contents  
1. Description and Specifications..................................................................................................................... 1-1  
1-1.  
1-2.  
1-3.  
1-4.  
1-5.  
Intended Use ............................................................................................................................................. 1-1  
Description ............................................................................................................................................... 1-2  
Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... 1-3  
Case Sealing Rate Approximation Formula ............................................................................................. 1-4  
Machine Dimensions ................................................................................................................................ 1-5  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
1-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Description and Specifications  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
1-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Description and Specifications  
1. Description and Specifications  
ü Note  
In this manual, the end of the case sealer that accepts cases  
for taping is the infeed end. The end of the case sealer where  
the taped cases leave is the exit end. The side containing the  
Electrical Control Panel and the Pneumatic Control Panel is  
the front or left side of the machine, and the opposite side is  
the back or right side of the machine.  
1-1. Intended Use  
The 3M-Matic™ Model 800rf Type 39800 Automatic  
Random Case Sealer with AccuGlide™ II Taping  
Heads is designed to accept filled, regular slotted  
containers from an existing conveyor, fold the top  
flaps, and apply a “C” clip of Scotch™ brand Pres-  
sure-Sensitive Film Box Sealing Tape to the top and  
bottom center seams. Two side-drive belt assemblies  
convey the cases through the machine.  
Figure 1-1 shows the 800rf Case Sealer with callouts  
to identify its major components.  
The 800rf Case Sealer is to be used with infeed and  
exit conveyors supplied by the customer. Do not  
attempt to run the case sealer without infeed and exit  
conveyors in place.  
Figure 1-1. 3M-Matic™ 800rf Case Sealer  
“3M-Matic,” “AccuGlide,” and “Scotch” are trademarks of 3M, St. Paul, MN 55144-1000  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Description and Specifications  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
1-2. Description  
The 800rf Case Sealer is controlled from two operator  
control panels located on the front left side of the case  
sealer. These control panels (Electrical Control Panel  
and Pneumatic Control Panel) have the most-used  
controls within easy reach of the operator. The case  
sealer is microprocessor-based and firmware con-  
trolled to maintain maximum and precise control over  
all operations within the case sealer.  
The case sealer may be operated in Random, Fixed, or  
Bypass mode. A selector switch is located on the top  
of the Electrical Control Panel.  
!
Caution  
Never change operating modes while a box is  
in the case sealer. Change modes only after a  
box exits the case sealer and before the next  
box enters the case sealer.  
In Random mode, the case sealer automatically  
adjusts itself for a wide range of case sizes,  
providing a tape seal on the top and bottom of the  
cartons. Random mode is considered the standard  
operating mode.  
In Fixed mode, the case sealer runs multiple  
cartons of the same (fixed) size, providing a tape  
seal on the top and bottom of the cartons.  
In Bypass mode, the case sealer passes certain  
containers through the machine, providing a tape  
seal only on the bottom of the containers. The top  
of these containers is not sealed.  
1-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Description and Specifications  
Operating Conditions:  
1-1. Specifications  
Use in dry, relatively clean environments at 40oF to  
120oF [5oC to 49oC] with clean, dry boxes. The  
machine should not be washed down or subjected to  
conditions causing moisture condensation on compo-  
nents.  
Tape:  
3M brand pressure-sensitive film box sealing tapes.  
Tape Width:  
Standard 3M-Matic™ 800rf Case Sealer.  
This model offers tape widths from 1-1/2 inches  
[36 millimeters] minimum to 2 inches [48  
millimeters] maximum.  
Machine Specifications:  
Length:  
Width:  
Height:  
86-3/4 inches [2.20 meters].  
57 inches [1.45 meters].  
3M-Matic™ 800rf-3 Case Sealer.  
74 inches [1.88 meters] minimum  
with casters to 80 inches [2.03 meters]  
maximum with casters.  
This model offers 3-inch wide upper and lower  
AccuGlide™ II Taping Heads for tape widths  
from 2 inches [48 millimeters] to  
3 inches [72 millimeters].  
Weight:  
Unit uncrated, approximately  
1130 pounds [513 kilograms].  
Unit crated, approximately  
1200 pounds [544 kilograms].  
Tape Roll Diameter:  
Up to 15-1/2 inches [394 millimeters] maximum, on  
a 3-inch [76.2 millimeters] diameter core.  
Case sealer bed height: Adjustable up from  
factory-set height of 25-7/8 inches  
[657 millimeters] to 32 inches  
Box Dimensions:  
Length: 8 inches [203 millimeters] minimum,  
24 inches [610 millimeters] maximum.  
[815 millimeters] with casters.  
Width: 5-1/2 inches [140 millimeters] minimum,  
20 inches [508 millimeters] maximum.  
Power Requirements:  
Electrical: 208 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 Amps,  
3-phase.  
Height: 6 inches [152 millimeters] minimum,  
20 inches [508 millimeters] maximum.  
Pneumatic: Machine requires 75 – 140 PSIG  
[5.2 – 9.5 BAR] 7.0 SCFM  
Box Weight Capacity: (filled)  
[11.89 m3/h 21oC, 101 kPa] at the  
regulator, maximum at maximum  
cycle rate.  
65 pounds [29 kilograms] maximum; minimum must  
be sufficient to hold case on the conveyor bed with  
bottom flaps flat.  
The optimum operating set point on  
the gauge is 95 – 100 PSIG.  
Box Type:  
Box board, 125 to 275 PSI bursting test, single wall  
A, B, or C flute.  
Infeed Conveyor Speed:  
The customer’s infeed conveyor box delivery  
speed must not exceed 60 feet/minute.  
ü Note  
The case sealer accommodates most boxes within the  
size range identified above. However, if the ratio of  
box length (in the taping direction) to box height is  
0.6 or less, several boxes should be test-run to ensure  
proper machine performance.  
!
Caution  
Do not connect a lubricator or lubricated  
air to this machine. This machine has a  
non-lubricated air circuit.  
DETERMINE THE BOX LIMITATIONS BY  
COMPLETING THIS FORMULA:  
Box (tape) Length  
> 0.6  
Box Height  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Description and Specifications  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
1-1. Case Sealing Rate Approximation Formula  
To determine the case sealing rate for your application:  
1. Obtain a representative sample of boxes in the proportion that will be run through the machine. Use as many  
boxes as necessary to get an accurate sample.  
Example:  
1. Determine (add up) the total length of all boxes.  
2. Determine (add up) the total width of all boxes.  
3. Determine (add up) the total height of all boxes.  
Number of boxes:  
_____________  
Total length (inches): _____________  
Total width (inches): _____________  
Total height (inches): _____________  
4. Divide the dimension totals by the number of boxes — to determine average length, width, and height.  
Total length  
Number of boxes  
_____________  
_____________  
_____________  
=
=
=
____________ Average length  
____________ Average width  
____________ Average height  
Total width  
Number of boxes  
Total height  
Number of boxes  
800rf Case Sealing Rate (cases per minute)  
Rate = 5.97 + (0.42 X ave. length) – (1.06 X ave. width) + (0.72 X ave. height)  
1-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Description and Specifications  
1-1. Machine Dimensions  
Figure 1-2 shows machine dimensions for the 800rf  
Case Sealer. The dimensions are given in both inches  
and millimeters. For example, 20.00 inches [508  
millimeters] is shown as 20.00 [508].  
Figure 1-2. Machine Dimensions  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Description and Specifications  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
1-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
Table of Contents  
2. Installation ..................................................................................................................................................... 2-1  
2-1.  
2-2.  
2-3.  
General ............................................................................................................................................... 2-1  
Unpacking .......................................................................................................................................... 2-2  
Setup Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 2-3  
2-3-1. Case Sealer Bed Height ........................................................................................................ 2-3  
2-3-2. Rear Emergency Stop Switch Installation ............................................................................ 2-3  
2-3-3. Warning Beacon Installation................................................................................................. 2-4  
2-3-4. Pneumatic Connection .......................................................................................................... 2-4  
2-3-5. Air Pressure Indicator ........................................................................................................... 2-5  
2-3-6. Air Pressure Regulators ........................................................................................................ 2-5  
2-3-7. Electrical Connection............................................................................................................ 2-6  
2-4.  
Tape Loading ..................................................................................................................................... 2-8  
2-4-1. Top Tape Head Loading........................................................................................................ 2-9  
2-4-2. Bottom Tape Head Loading ................................................................................................ 2-10  
2-5.  
2-6.  
Tape Drum Friction Brake ............................................................................................................... 2-11  
Checkout Inspection (to be performed by an authorized 3M Service Technician).......................... 2-11  
2-6-1. Static Tests .......................................................................................................................... 2-11  
2-6-2. Programmable Controller Inputs and Outputs .................................................................... 2-12  
2-6-3. Dynamic Tests..................................................................................................................... 2-12  
2-7.  
2-8.  
Placing 800rf Case Sealer in Production Line ................................................................................. 2-12  
Special Setup Procedure .................................................................................................................. 2-12  
2-8-1. Relocating Pneumatic and Electrical Control Panels ......................................................... 2-12  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
2-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
Once you decide on a schedule to accomplish these  
steps, contact:  
2-1. General  
The following instructions are presented in the order  
recommended for installing and setting up the 800rf  
Case Sealer, as well as for learning the operating  
functions and adjustments. Following these instruc-  
tions step-by-step results in a thorough understand-  
ing of the case sealer and its installation in a produc-  
tion line that best uses the many features of the case  
sealer. Refer to Figure 2-1 for nomenclature.  
3M Packaging Systems Division  
Customer Support Center  
Phone 1-800-328-1390  
A 3M technician will be sent to your site to perform a  
final checkout inspection.  
ü Note  
Uncrating and setting up the case sealer consists of  
four steps:  
We recommend that you do not operate the case  
sealer in a production situation until the final check-  
out inspection is complete. For the final checkout  
inspection, have a sufficient supply of cases in  
representative sizes and weights to check the case  
sealer under normal operating conditions.  
1. Uncrating the equipment.  
2. Assembling the case sealer as described in this  
section.  
3. Providing the electrical and pneumatic connec-  
tions.  
4. Installation of the case sealer in a production line.  
Figure 2-1. 3M-Matic™ 800rf Case Sealer  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
One tool box containing:  
2-2. Unpacking  
1 wrench, tube, 17 mm  
ü Note  
1 wrench, box/open, 13 mm & 10 mm  
1 wrench, box/open, 8 mm & 7 mm  
1 wrench, open end, 25 mm  
1 wrench, hex key, 3 mm  
1 wrench, hex key, 4 mm  
It is the responsibility of the customer to uncrate  
the case sealer. Lifting equipment (forklift,  
overhead crane, etc.) is necessary to lift the case  
sealer from its pallet.  
1 wrench, hex key, 5 mm  
1 wrench, hex key, 6 mm  
The case sealer is delivered in one crate.  
1 spring, main upper (78-8070-1274-1)  
1 spring, main lower (78-8070-1273-3)  
4 springs, cutter (78-8052-6602-6)  
2 blades, cutter (78-8017-9173-8)  
1 tool, tape threading (78-8076-4726-4)  
Perform the following inspection upon receipt of the  
case sealer.  
1. Inspect the shipping crate for damage that could  
indicate internal damage to the case sealer.  
Report any damage, missing parts, or other  
problems to:  
4. Report any damage, missing parts, or other  
problems to:  
3M Packaging Systems Division  
Customer Support Center  
Phone 1-800-328-1390  
3M Packaging Systems Division  
Customer Support Center  
Phone 1-800-328-1390  
2. Dismantle the crate.  
5. Move the case sealer to the point of use, but do  
not place it into production until after the 3M  
technician completes the checkout inspection.  
3. Inspect the case sealer and uninstalled compo-  
nents for damage or missing parts. The crate  
should also contain the following:  
One latching emergency stop switch with bracket  
(electrically connected, but not mounted in place)  
One warning beacon with bracket (electrically  
connected, but not mounted in place)  
2-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
2-3-2. Rear Emergency Stop Switch  
2-3. Setup Procedure  
Installation  
2-3-1. Case Sealer Bed Height  
A latching Emergency Stop (E-Stop) switch is  
electrically connected to the case sealer, but not  
mounted to the machine. Install this E-Stop switch on  
the rear side of the case sealer.  
The legs on the case sealer can be adjusted to obtain  
different bed heights from the factory set-point. The  
bed height can be set from 25-7/8 inches [657 mm]  
minimum through 32 inches [815 mm] maximum. Set  
the bed height as follows:  
1. Remove the protective wrap from the E-Stop  
switch and bracket assembly.  
1. Block up the case sealer frame to allow adequate  
leg adjustment.  
2. Secure the E-Stop switch bracket to the rear  
sliding door support bracket with the socket-head  
screw provided. Refer to Figure 2-3.  
2. Using a 6 mm hex key wrench, loosen, but do not  
remove, two M8 x 16 mm socket-head cap screws  
in one leg. Refer to Figure 2-2.  
Figure 2-3. Rear E-Stop Switch Installation  
Figure 2-2. Bed Height Adjustment  
3. Using the height label as a guide, adjust the leg  
length to the desired conveyor bed height. Re-  
tighten the two screws to secure the leg.  
4. Adjust the five remaining legs in the same way.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
2-3-3. Warning Beacon Installation  
2-3-4. Pneumatic Connection  
A red warning beacon is electrically connected to the  
case sealer, but not mounted to the machine. Install  
this warning beacon on top of the frame support  
member to which it is connected.  
The case sealer requires a compressed air supply of  
75 – 140 PSIG [5.2 – 9.5BAR] 7.0 SCFM [11.89m3/h  
21oC, 101kPa] maximum at maximum cycle rate. The  
optimum operating set-point on the gauge is 95 – 100  
PSIG. As shown in Figure 2-5, an On/Off Valve, Main  
Air Pressure Regulator, and Filter are provided to  
service the air supply.  
1. Remove the protective wrap from the warning  
beacon and L-bracket assembly.  
2. Remove the top hex-head screw from the frame  
support member. Refer to Figure 2-4.  
Connect the air supply line to the Main Air Pressure  
Regulator On/Off Valve.  
3. Secure the warning beacon L-bracket to the  
frame support member with the screw just  
removed.  
ü Note  
The air supply On/Off Valve has provisions for  
lockout/tagout according to plant regulations.  
Figure 2-4. Warning Beacon Installation  
Figure 2-5. Air Supply Components  
2-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
2-3-5. Air Pressure Indicator  
2-3-6. Air Pressure Regulators  
The Pneumatic Control Panel (Figure 2-6) is  
equipped with an Air Pressure Indicator to show, in  
red, when the air circuit is energized. The Air  
Pressure Indicator is located in the top center of  
the control panel.  
There are four air pressure regulator control knobs  
located on the underside of the Pneumatic Control  
Panel. Their corresponding gauges are located across  
the top of the Pneumatic Control Panel. Refer to  
Figure 2-6.  
Refer to the Adjustments section of this manual for  
the recommended set points for each regulator  
(Counter-Balance Pressure Regulator, Paddle Pres-  
sure Regulator, Side Belt Pressure Regulator, and  
Box Centering Pressure Regulator). Also refer to the  
label located on the lower front portion of the Pneu-  
matic Control Panel.  
To adjust any of these air pressure regulators, turn  
its control knob clockwise (CW) to increase  
pressure and counterclockwise (CCW) to decrease  
pressure.  
Figure 2-6. Pneumatic Control Panel  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
2-3-7. Electrical Connection  
1. Turn the electrical power on by rotating the Main  
Disconnect switch CW. Refer to  
Figure 2-8. The white POWER indicator lights to  
show that power is available. Refer to  
Figure 2-7.  
!
Caution  
Before making the electrical connection,  
make sure that the red Latching Emergency  
Stop switch located on the Electrical  
Control Panel is depressed. Also ensure  
that all packaging materials and tools are  
removed from the case sealer.  
2. The red lights on the Electrical Control Panel  
indicate a Fault/E-Stop switch condition. Turn  
the red latching E-Stop switch CW to release  
the switch. The red FAULT and E-STOP/  
SLIDING DOOR indicators should turn off.  
3. Press the blue RESET button on the Electrical  
Control Panel. You should observe air-powered  
movement of the Upper Head Assembly and the  
Rear Flap Folding Arm, which moves to an  
upright (extended) position.  
The case sealer and its Electrical Control Panel are  
wired for 208 – 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3-phase power  
and a power cord is connected. However, no power  
plug is supplied. The power cord can be wired  
directly into a power distribution box or a plug can be  
installed. The recommended plug is a L15-20, 4-pin  
twist-lock. Possible wire code combinations are:  
4. Press the green START button on the Electrical  
Control Panel. Pressing this button applies  
electrical power to the two side belt drive motors  
and the infeed roller drive motors. The RUN  
indicator should light.  
Black – Phase X  
White – Phase Y  
Red – Phase Z  
or Black – Phase X  
Brown – Phase Y  
Blue – Phase Z  
Green – Ground  
Yel/Grn – Ground  
Viewing the case sealer from its infeed end, you  
should observe the right/rear drive belt turning in  
a CW direction and the left/front drive belt  
turning in a CCW direction. With the belts  
rotating as described, they will draw a carton  
into the machine. This is the normal operating  
condition.  
ü Note  
If the drive belts rotate in reverse, interchange any  
two of the black, white, or red 208 – 220 VAC  
wires at the plug or power distribution box. This  
will restore the motors to the correct rotation.  
2-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
Figure 2-7. Electrical Control Panel  
(Top View)  
Figure 2-8. Electrical Control Panel  
(Front View)  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
2-4. Tape Loading  
The taping heads are pre-set to accommodate 2-inch  
[48 mm] wide tape rolls. To use and apply 1-1/2 inch  
[36 mm] or 1-3/4 inch [42 mm] wide tapes, refer to  
the Adjustments section for set up information.  
! Warning  
Turn air and electrical supplies off and  
disconnect before servicing taping heads.  
Never attempt to work on the taping heads  
or load tape when the box drive system is  
running. Each taping head is equipped  
with an extremely sharp cut-off knife.  
Before working with the taping heads or  
attempting to load/thread tape, identify the  
knife locations. Keep hands out of these  
areas except as necessary to service the  
taping heads. Failure to comply with these  
warnings can result in severe personal  
injury and/or equipment damage.  
A tape-threading tool is shipped with the case sealer  
for tape loading convenience. Retain the tool for  
continued use in the tape loading operation. For  
operator assistance, a threading diagram is applied to  
the taping heads. However, it is recommended that  
the more detailed instructions and illustrations in this  
manual be referred to the first few times the tape is  
loaded until the operator becomes thoroughly familiar  
with the tape loading operation.  
For convenience in loading, the bottom taping head  
can be removed by lifting it out of the bed of the case  
sealer. The upper head assembly must be in its  
uppermost position to load tape in the top tape head.  
Figure 2-9 shows the components of the top taping  
head.  
Figure 2-9. Top Taping Head Components  
2-8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
2-4-1. Top Tape Head Loading  
1. Turn off the Main Disconnect Switch on the  
Electrical Control Panel.  
2. Insert the tape-threading tool downward around  
the rollers, as shown in Figure 2-10.  
Figure 2-11. Attach Tape to Threading Tool  
5. Cut off the excess tape with a scissors or knife  
below the applying roller. Refer to Figure 2-12.  
Retain the tape-threading tool for future use.  
Figure 2-10. Insert Tape Threading Tool  
3. Place the tape roll on the drum to dispense tape  
from the bottom of the roll toward the infeed end  
of the machine with the tape adhesive-side up.  
Attach the tape leading end to the upper end of  
the tape-threading tool, as shown in  
Figure 2-11.  
4. Manually turn the tape roll to create slack tape  
while pulling the tape-threading tool through the  
tape-applying mechanism until the tool is in  
alignment with the applying roller.  
Figure 2-12. Cut Off Tape  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
2-4-2. Bottom Tape Head Loading  
The bottom taping head is loaded and threaded in the  
same manner as the top taping head. For ease in  
loading, lift the bottom taping head from the con-  
veyor bed and follow the top tape head loading  
procedure. Refer to Figure 2-13.  
Figure 2-13. Bottom Taping Head  
2-10  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
2-6.  
Checkout Inspection  
2-5. Tape Drum Friction Brake  
(to be performed by an authorized  
3M Service Technician)  
1. Refer to Figure 2-14. Turn the locking nut  
clockwise to increase the braking force or coun-  
terclockwise to decrease the force.  
2-6-2. Static Tests  
2. Adjust the friction brake for the minimum  
braking force that prevents excessive overtravel.  
1. Connect the air supply line and the electrical  
power to the case sealer and power up the ma-  
chine.  
ü Note  
Excessive braking force causes poor tape application  
and may lead to tape tabbing on the trailing tape leg.  
a. Turn the Air On/Off Valve to the ON posi-  
tion.  
b. Turn the Main Disconnect Switch on the  
Electrical Control Panel to the ON position.  
c. Press the RESET button on the Electrical  
Control Panel.  
2. Verify the following conditions:  
Air Pressure Indicator on the Pneumatic  
Control Panel is red, showing that air pressure  
is applied to the system, the rear flap folding  
arm is extended, and the flap folder is re-  
tracted.  
Paddle is down.  
Side belts are out.  
Box centering rails are out.  
Box stop gate is up.  
3. Check the Main Input Air Pressure Regulator.  
The pressure gauge should read 95 PSIG.  
Figure 2-14. Friction Brake Adjustment  
a. If the pressure is lower, check the input  
pressure at the source. If the pressure is lower  
than 75 PSIG, there is not enough pressure to  
operate the case sealer properly.  
b. If the pressure is above 95 PSIG, adjust the  
air pressure regulator to read 95 PSIG on the  
gauge. (CW – increases pressure,  
CCW – decreases pressure).  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4. Check the Box Centering Pressure gauge on the  
Pneumatic Control Panel. Refer to Figure 2-15.  
The gauge should read 40 – 60 PSIG. If the  
pressure does not fall within this range, adjust the  
pressure regulator (CW – increases pressure,  
CCW – decreases pressure).  
6. Check the Paddle Pressure gauge on the Pneu-  
matic Control Panel. The gauge needle should be  
at 7 PSIG. Adjust as needed.  
7. Check the Counter-Balance Pressure gauge on the  
Pneumatic Control Panel. The gauge should read  
40 – 60 PSIG. If the pressure does not fall within  
this range, adjust the pressure regulator (CW –  
increases pressure, CCW – decreases pressure).  
5. Check the Side Belt Pressure gauge on the  
Pneumatic Control Panel. The gauge should read  
40 – 60 PSIG. If necessary, adjust the Side Belt  
Pressure Regulator to this setting. (CW – in-  
creases pressure, CCW – decreases pressure).  
Figure 2-15. Pneumatic Control Panel  
2-12  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
8. Press the START button on the Electrical Control  
Panel. Refer to Figure 2-16. Verify that the side  
belts and the infeed rollers start turning.  
ü Note  
If pressing the START button does not result in  
continuous running of the side belt drive motors and  
the infeed drive motors, then a “Fault Condition”  
exists. Check the motor overload circuit breakers  
OL1, OL2, OL3, and OL4, which are the most likely  
cause. These circuit breakers are located inside the  
Electrical Control Panel. Make sure the green  
START buttons are all pushed in.  
Figure 2-16. Electrical Control Panel  
9. Check the operation of the red latching  
Emergency Stop switches (one E-Stop switch is  
located on the Electrical Control Panel and the  
other switch is located at the rear of the machine)  
and the STOP button on the Electrical Control  
Panel. Verify that the drive motors stop when  
either E-Stop switch is pressed or the STOP  
button is pressed.  
! Caution  
If the EMERGENCY STOP switches or the  
STOP button do not function properly, do  
not continue with the checkout. Refer to the  
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting  
sections and correct the situation before  
continuing.  
The case sealer must be restarted each time it  
stops before checking the next switch. Restart the  
machine by pressing the RESET button and then  
the START button.  
! Warning  
Steps 10 and 11 require opening the  
Electrical Control Panel door. This exposes  
220 VAC. Be cautious or personal injury  
can result.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
10. Check the operation of the electrical interlocks  
for the sliding doors. With the drive motors  
running, move each sliding door, one at a time,  
from its closed position. Verify that the drive  
motors stop and that they cannot be restarted by  
pressing the RESET button and then the START  
button until the door is closed.  
11. Refer to Figure 2-17. Check the operation of the  
photocells PC1 through PC6. Cover each photo-  
cell in turn and observe the associated INPUT  
LED number displayed on the Programmable  
Controller. The INPUT LED should be ON when  
the associated photocell is covered.  
Photocell  
PC1  
INPUT LED  
IN 4  
Verify also that when the door is open only  
OUTPUT LEDs 13 and 14 are ON and no INPUT  
LEDs are displayed on the Programmable Con-  
troller located inside of the Electrical Control  
Panel.  
PC2  
IN 5  
PC3  
IN 6  
PC4  
IN 7  
PC5  
IN 8  
PC6  
IN 9  
Figure 2-17. Photocell Locations  
2-14  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
2-6-2. Programmable Controller Inputs and  
Outputs  
Figure 2-18 shows the SLC 500 Programmable  
Controller used in the 3M-Matic™ 800rf Type 39800  
Case Sealer. The Programmable Controller is located  
inside of the Electrical Control Panel.  
Figure 2-18. SLC 500 Programmable Controller  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 2-19 shows the Programmable Controller  
lights that turn on during the following startup  
conditions.  
POWER ON  
POWER  
RESET  
START  
POWER  
POWER  
PC RUN  
PC RUN  
PC RUN  
INPUT 3  
INPUT 0, 3, 11, 15  
INPUT 0, 3, 11, 15  
OUTPUT 1, 3 , 7, 12, 15  
Figure 2-19. Programmable Controller Startup Conditions  
2-16  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
Table 2-1 lists the INPUT LEDs displayed on the  
Programmable Controller, the names of the input  
signals that feed the LEDs, and the conditions that  
cause the LEDs to turn ON or OFF.  
View the LEDs with the Main Disconnect Switch and  
the Air On/Off Valve turned to their ON positions.  
Table 2-1. Programmable Controller Inputs  
INPUT LED  
Input Signal Name  
LED Condition  
0
1
Stop  
OFF when STOP button is pushed.  
ON when START button is pushed.  
ON when RESET button is pushed.  
Start  
2
Reset  
3
E-Stop/Sliding Door  
PC1  
OFF when E-Stop switch is pushed or door is opened.  
ON when photocell PC1 is blocked.  
4
5
PC2  
ON when photocell PC2 is blocked.  
6
PC3  
ON when photocell PC3 is blocked.  
7
PC4  
ON when photocell PC4 is blocked.  
8
PC5  
ON when photocell PC5 is blocked.  
9
PC6  
ON when photocell PC6 is blocked.  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Box Height (Paddle) Switch  
Head Upper Limit Switch  
Minimum Width Switch  
Fixed Mode Switch  
Bypass Mode Switch  
Low Air Pressure Switch  
Flap Folder Arm Switch  
Overload  
ON when paddle is pushed up.  
ON when upper head assembly is at its upper limit.  
ON when side belt assemblies close to innermost position.  
ON when selector switch is set to FIXED position.  
ON when selector switch is set to BYPASS position.  
ON when air pressure is above 50 PSIG.  
ON when cylinder piston is near reed switch.  
ON when any motor overload switch trips.  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table 2-2 lists the OUTPUT LEDs displayed on the  
Programmable Controller, the names of the output  
signals that feed the LEDs, and the conditions that  
cause the LEDs to turn ON or OFF.  
View the LEDs with the Main Disconnect Switch and  
the Air On/Off Valve turned to their ON positions.  
Table 2-2. Programmable Controller Outputs  
OUTPUT LED  
Output Signal Name  
Side Belt Lock  
LED Condition  
0
1
ON when side belts lock.  
Side Drive Motors  
Flap Folder Arm  
ON when side belt drive motors are running.  
ON when flap folder arm is down.  
ON when infeed gate is down.  
2
3
Infeed Gate  
4
Centering Rails  
ON when photocell PC1 is blocked.  
ON when photocell PC3 is blocked.  
ON when paddle is pushed up.  
ON when fork is up.  
5
Side Drive Assembly Closing  
Paddle Cylinder  
6
7
Fork Cylinder  
8
Head Assembly Cylinder Brakes  
Head Raising Cylinder Lower Port  
Head Raising Cylinder Upper Port  
Rear Flap Folder  
ON when brakes turn on.  
9
ON when upper head assembly lowers.  
ON when upper head assembly raises.  
ON when rear flap folder folds last minor flap.  
ON when infeed motors are running.  
ON when any fault condition exists.  
ON when either E-Stop switch is pushed.  
ON when START button is pushed.  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Infeed Motors (2)  
Alarm  
E-Stop Signal  
Ready Signal  
2-18  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
f. The side belts restart.  
2-6-3. Dynamic Tests  
g. Just before the sides of the box are folded  
down, the rear flap of the box is folded down  
into place.  
The following procedures check the actual operation  
of the 800rf Case Sealer. The following conditions  
must be observed.  
Electrical power and compressed air are available  
and turned on.  
ü Note  
The timing of step g will vary depending on the  
length of the box.  
The four safety doors are in their closed posi-  
tions.  
h. The sides of the box are folded down.  
Cases should have:  
i. The top flap compression rollers touch the  
sides of the top of the box without causing  
the side flaps to overlap.  
the bottoms folded closed  
a minimum weight to hold the case on the  
conveyor bed with the bottom flaps flat  
j. C-clips of tape are applied to both the top and  
bottom center seams of the box.  
the front and rear flaps inside the side flaps  
k. The box exits the case sealer.  
1. Apply air pressure and electrical power and press  
the RESET and the START buttons on the  
Electrical Control Panel.  
l. The head rises to its upper position, the side  
belts return to their outer position, the fork  
rises to its normal position, and the box stop  
gate lowers to allow the next box to be fed  
into the machine.  
2. If applicable, run the longest box (19 inches to 24  
inches) through the case sealer. Check the  
following sequence of events.  
ü Note  
a. The box feeds from the infeed conveyor  
rollers. The box is centered by the box  
centering rails and the box stop gate moves  
up.  
If any of the steps outlined above do not occur  
correctly, refer to the appropriate adjustment in the  
Adjustments section of this manual.  
b. The box is released and moves to the side  
belts.  
3. If applicable, repeat the procedure outlined in  
step 2 using the shortest box (8 inches to 13  
inches).  
c. The side belts move inward and hold the box,  
driving it toward the fork.  
4. If applicable, repeat the procedure outlined in  
step 2 using a box between 12 and 19 inches.  
d. The box arrives at the fork and the side belts  
stop driving the box.  
5. Now that a representative sample of boxes has  
been checked and appropriate adjustments have  
been made, flood the infeed line with a random  
array of boxes and check for consistent opera-  
tion of the case sealer.  
e. The head lowers to the box, stopping at the  
top of the box without distorting it.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
The width of the customer’s infeed conveyor and  
exit conveyor should fall within 22 inches [560  
mm] minimum to 38 inches [965 mm] maximum.  
2-7. Placing 800rf Case Sealer in  
Production Line  
When installing the 800rf Case Sealer into a produc-  
tion line, ensure compliance with the following  
requirements:  
Figure 2-20 shows the 800rf Case Sealer connected to  
customer-supplied infeed and exit conveyors.  
The case sealer must be level.  
!
Caution  
The customer’s infeed conveyor may be powered  
or inclined to the case sealer.  
The 800rf Case Sealer must not be run in a  
production line without being joined to the  
customer’s infeed conveyor. This is to  
restrict an operator from being exposed to  
moving case sealer components during its  
operation.  
The customer’s infeed conveyor box delivery  
speed CANNOT exceed 60 ft/min.  
The customer’s exit conveyor may be powered or  
inclined whichever positively conveys boxes  
away from the exit end of the case sealer.  
Figure 2-20. Typical Conveyor Setup  
2-20  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
2-8.  
Special Setup Procedure  
ü Note  
Following these procedures will accomplish having  
the control panels located to the right/rear of the case  
sealer and will orient the Electrical Control Panel on  
the left and the Pneumatic Control Panel on the right,  
as viewed by the operator facing the rear side of the  
machine.  
2-8-1. Relocating Pneumatic and Electrical  
Control Panels  
! Warning  
Turn off electrical power and air supply and  
disconnect power cord from electrical  
supply before beginning this procedure.  
Failure to comply with these warnings can  
result in severe personal injury and/or  
equipment damage.  
Removing Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter,  
Pneumatic Control Panel, and Brackets  
1. Disconnect the air supply from the Air On/Off  
Valve.  
2. Open the Pneumatic Control Panel (use 8 mm hex  
wrench) to assist in removing the input air line  
from the air outlet on the Main Air Pressure  
Regulator. Push in and hold the collet (release  
ring) and pull the air line free. Refer to  
Figure 2-21.  
Relocating the case sealer Pneumatic and Electrical  
Control Panels from their standard position which is  
the left/front side, as viewed from the infeed end of  
the machine, enables the case sealer to be operated  
from the right/rear side of the machine.  
At various steps of this procedure it is recommended  
that two (2) people be involved in moving certain  
components from the front to the rear of the case  
sealer.  
To prevent the case sealer from rolling, lock all the  
casters before starting these procedures.  
Figure 2-21. Disconnecting Air Line  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3. Disconnect the plastic conduit at the Electrical  
Control Panel, which connects to the Pneumatic  
Control Panel. This conduit contains the electri-  
cal wires for the valve solenoids.  
4. Slide the left front sliding door all the way to the  
right to provide additional access.  
5. Remove the Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter  
bracket.  
a. Remove the 2 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the bracket to the mainframe  
bracket. Refer to Figure 2-22.  
b. Set this bracket (with Air On/Off Valve/  
Regulator/Filter attached) aside for use later.  
6. Prepare two (2) blocks (10” long x 8” wide x 18”  
high). These blocks will be used to support the  
control panels later in this procedure.  
!
Caution  
Blocks must be capable of supporting the  
weight of the Electrical Control Panel, which  
is about 50 pounds [22.7 kg].  
Figure 2-22. Removing Air On/Off Valve/  
Regulator/Filter Bracket  
7. Remove the Pneumatic Control Panel.  
a. Place a block under the Pneumatic Control  
Panel.  
b. Remove the 4 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the control panel to the left and right  
brackets. Refer to Figure 2-23.  
c. Save these screws for use later.  
d. Ease the control panel onto the block. Make  
sure the block is centered under the control  
panel so the panel is stable.  
Figure 2-23. Removing Pneumatic Control Panel  
2-22  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
8. Remove the left and right mainframe brackets  
that support the Pneumatic Control Panel. Refer  
to Figure 2-24.  
12. Install the Pneumatic Control Panel at the rear of  
the case sealer.  
a. Lift the Pneumatic Control Panel from the  
block and slide it through the undercarriage  
to the rear of the case sealer.  
a. Remove 8 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the left support bracket to the case  
sealer (4 screws holding the bracket to the  
mainframe, and 4 screws holding the 2 L  
brackets).  
b. Block the control panel and then lift it and  
carefully set it onto the support brackets.  
c. Hold the control panel in place and secure it  
to the support brackets with 4 socket-head  
screws.  
b. Remove 4 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the right support bracket to the case  
sealer.  
c. Save these screws and brackets for use later.  
Moving Support Brackets and Installing Pneu-  
matic Control Panel  
9. Install the left support bracket and L brackets  
(removed from the front of the machine) at the  
rear of the machine. Refer to Figure 2-25. Secure  
the brackets with the socket-head screws (6 mm).  
10. Remove the right mainframe bracket from the  
rear of the machine and install it at the front left  
of the case sealer. Refer to Figure 2-25.  
a. Remove the 6 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the mainframe bracket to the case  
sealer (4 screws holding the bracket to the  
mainframe, and 2 screws holding the bracket  
to the underside of the door frame).  
Figure 2-24. Removing Support Brackets for  
Pneumatic Control Panel  
b. Install this bracket at the front left of the case  
sealer. Secure the bracket to the mainframe  
with 4 socket-head screws, and secure the  
bracket to the underside of the door frame  
with 2 socket-head screws.  
11. Install the right support bracket (removed from  
the front of the machine) at the rear right of the  
case sealer. Refer to Figure 2-25. Secure the  
bracket to the mainframe with 4 socket-head  
screws.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 2-25. Moving Support Brackets for Pneumatic Control Panel  
2-24  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
Installing Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter  
13. Locate the Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter and  
bracket.  
14. Rotate the bracket 180°.  
a. Remove the lower socket-head screw (4  
mm) and loosen the upper screw, but do not  
remove it. Refer to Figure 2-26.  
b. Punch a hole in the label. Then rotate the  
bracket 180°. The label will be upside-down  
(a replacement label is available and may  
be ordered as replacement parts are or-  
dered).  
c. Secure the Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/  
Filter to the bracket by installing the lower  
socket-head screw and tightening the upper  
screw. Refer to Figure 2-27.  
15. Mount the bracket with the Air On/Off Valve/  
Regulator/Filter to the left bracket that supports  
the Pneumatic Control Panel.  
Figure 2-26. Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter  
and Bracket  
Figure 2-27. Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter  
and Bracket Rotated 180°  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
16. Remove and separate the Air On/Off Valve  
from the Regulator/Filter.  
a. Loosen the hex screw in the bracket that  
holds the two assemblies together. Refer to  
Figure 2-28.  
b. Separate the Air On/Off Valve from the  
Regulator/Filter by removing both assem-  
blies from the bracket.  
17. Rotate the Regulator/Filter assembly 180°.  
a. Swap the air gauge and air plug. Do this by  
unscrewing the gauge and the plug, then  
install the gauge in the hole previously  
containing the plug, and vice versa.  
b. Remove the air outlet and install it on the  
opposite side of the regulator body.  
c. Remove the filter bowl and shield by sliding  
the lock down, rotating the unit in either  
direction, and separating the unit from the  
regulator body.  
Figurer 2-28. Separate Air On/Off Valve from  
Regulator/Filter  
d. Install the filter bowl and shield so the lock  
is located directly under the gauge.  
18. Install the Air On/Off Valve and Regulator/  
Filter so the air outlet on the Regulator/Filter is  
facing the Pneumatic Control Panel and the Air  
On/Off Valve is facing the Electrical Control  
Panel. Refer to Figure 2-29.  
a. Place the two assemblies in the bracket that  
holds them together and tighten the hex  
screw.  
Figurer 2-29. Air On/Off Valve/Regulator/Filter  
Reconfigured  
2-26  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
19. Connect the air line from the Pneumatic Control  
Panel to the air outlet on the regulator body.  
a. Open the Pneumatic Control Panel (8 mm  
hex wrench) and remove the center of the left  
knockout grommet.  
b. Locate the input air line, pull it out and loop  
it around, then route it through the hole in  
the left grommet (be careful not to kink the  
air hose). Refer to Figure 2-30.  
c. Connect the input air line to the air outlet by  
inserting the air line fully into the collet and  
pulling gently back to lock the air line into  
place.  
Figure 2-30. Rerouting Input Air Line  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Removing Electrical Control Panel  
Moving Support Brackets and Installing Electrical  
Control Panel  
20. Remove the Electrical Control Panel. This step  
requires two people.  
21. Slide both sliding doors all the way to the exit  
end of the machine to provide additional access.  
a. Disconnect the large electrical connector and  
the two smaller infeed motor electrical  
connectors located under the Electrical  
Control Panel.  
22. Remove the right support bracket from the front  
of the machine and install it at the rear right of  
the case sealer.  
b. Place two (2) blocks (described in Step 6)  
under the Electrical Control Panel.  
a. Remove 6 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the right support bracket to the case  
sealer (4 screws holding the bracket to the  
mainframe, and 2 screws holding the bracket  
to the two L brackets attached to the under-  
side of the door frame). Refer to Figure 2-32.  
c. While holding the control panel firmly  
against the support brackets, remove the 4  
socket-head screws (6 mm) securing the  
panel to the left and right brackets. Refer to  
Figure 2-31.  
b. Install this bracket at the rear right of the  
case sealer. Refer to Figure 2-33. Secure the  
bracket to the mainframe with 4 socket-head  
screws.  
d. Save these screws for use later.  
e. Ease the control panel onto the blocks. Make  
sure the blocks are centered under the control  
panel so the panel is stable. Be careful not to  
damage the electrical connectors.  
f. Carefully move the blocked Electrical  
Control Panel aside for later work.  
Figure 2-32. Removing Support Brackets for  
Electrical Control Panel  
Figure 2-31. Removing Electrical Control Panel  
2-28  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Installation  
Figure 2-33. Moving Support Brackets for Electrical Control Panel  
24. Remove the left support bracket from the front  
of the machine and install it at the rear left of the  
case sealer. Refer to Figure 2-33.  
23. Remove the mainframe bracket and E-Stop  
switch from the rear left of the machine and  
install the mainframe bracket at the front right of  
the case sealer. Refer to Figure 2-33.  
a. Remove 4 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the left support bracket to the case  
sealer.  
a. Remove 1 socket-head screw securing the  
E-Stop switch and bracket to the mainframe  
bracket. Set the E-Stop switch aside; it will  
be installed later.  
b. Install this bracket at the rear left of the case  
sealer. Secure the bracket to the mainframe  
and L brackets with 6 socket-head screws.  
b. Remove 6 socket-head screws (6 mm)  
securing the mainframe bracket to the case  
sealer (4 screws holding the bracket to the  
mainframe, and 2 screws holding the bracket  
to the two L brackets attached to the under-  
side of the door frame).  
25. Install the Electrical Control Panel at the rear of  
the case sealer. This step requires two people.  
a. With one person on each side, lift the  
Electrical Control Panel from the blocks and  
carefully set it onto the support brackets.  
c. Install this bracket at the front right of the  
case sealer. Secure the bracket to the main-  
frame and L brackets with 6 socket-head  
screws.  
b. Hold the control panel in place and secure it  
to the support brackets with 4 socket-head  
screws.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
2-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
26. Connect the electrical connectors and cables to  
the Electrical Control Panel.  
Verify Correct Operation  
28. Close all four sliding doors to engage the  
interlock switches.  
a. Route the electrical connectors and cables  
through the undercarriage to the rear of the  
case sealer.  
29. Connect the main air supply to the Air On/Off  
Valve.  
b. Connect the large electrical connector and  
the two smaller infeed motor electrical  
connectors to the receptacles located under  
the Electrical Control Panel.  
30. Connect the power cord to the electrical supply.  
31. Turn on the case sealer air supply and electrical  
power.  
c. Connect the plastic conduit from the Pneu-  
matic Control Panel to the receptacle located  
under the Electrical Control Panel.  
32. Verify correct operation by running test cartons  
through the case sealer.  
27. Install the E-Stop switch.  
a. Locate the E-Stop switch and gently pull  
sufficient wire (extra wire is coiled in the  
frame) from the frame to route the E-Stop  
switch under the machine to the front right  
mainframe bracket.  
b. Secure the E-Stop switch bracket to the  
mainframe bracket with 1 socket-head screw.  
Refer to Figure 2-34.  
Figure 2-34. Installing E-Stop Switch and Bracket  
2-30  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
Table of Contents  
3. Adjustments ................................................................................................................................................... 3-1  
3-1.  
3-2.  
3-3.  
3-4.  
3-5.  
3-6.  
3-7.  
3-8.  
3-9.  
Case Sealer Bed Height ..................................................................................................................... 3-1  
Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points ................................................................................................ 3-2  
Main Air Pressure Regulator ............................................................................................................. 3-4  
Box Centering Pressure Regulator..................................................................................................... 3-4  
Side Belt Pressure Regulator ............................................................................................................. 3-5  
Side Belts Closure Drive Chain ......................................................................................................... 3-5  
Side Belts In/Out Rates ...................................................................................................................... 3-6  
Side Belt Inner Limit ......................................................................................................................... 3-7  
Side Belt Tension ............................................................................................................................... 3-8  
3-10. Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower ................................................................................................ 3-9  
3-11. Drive Chain ...................................................................................................................................... 3-10  
3-12. Safety Door Interlock....................................................................................................................... 3-10  
3-13. Flap Folder Arm and Flap Folder Flow Controls - Speed Controls................................................. 3-11  
3-14. Flap Folder Arm Reed Switch ......................................................................................................... 3-12  
3-15. Cylinder Cushion Setting ................................................................................................................. 3-13  
3-16. Paddle Pressure Regulator ............................................................................................................... 3-13  
3-17. Counter-Balance Pressure Regulator ............................................................................................... 3-14  
3-18. Case Top Sensitivity ........................................................................................................................ 3-14  
3-19. Fork Cylinder Flow Controls - Speed Controls ............................................................................... 3-15  
3-20. Infeed Box Stop-Gate Flow Control - Speed Control ...................................................................... 3-16  
3-21. Box Centering Rails In/Out Rates ................................................................................................... 3-17  
3-22. Upper Head Assembly Down/Up Rates........................................................................................... 3-18  
3-23. Top Flap Compression Rollers ........................................................................................................ 3-19  
3-24. Tape Web Alignment........................................................................................................................ 3-19  
3-25. Tape Drum Friction Brake ............................................................................................................... 3-20  
3-26. Tape Applying Mechanism Spring................................................................................................... 3-20  
3-27. One-Way Tension Roller.................................................................................................................. 3-21  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-28. Low Air Pressure Switch ................................................................................................................. 3-22  
3-29. Overload Circuit Breaker ................................................................................................................. 3-23  
3-30. Head Travel Limit Switch ................................................................................................................ 3-23  
3-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3.  
Adjustments  
3-1. Case Sealer Bed Height  
Specification  
Adjust the case sealer bed height so that it is the same  
height as the conveyor line to which it is attached.  
Adjustment  
1. Raise and support the case sealer frame to allow  
adequate leg adjustment.  
1. Using a 6 mm hex key wrench, loosen, but do not  
remove, two M8 x 16 mm socket-head cap screws  
in one leg. Refer to Figure 3-1.  
Figure 3-1. Bed Height Adjustment  
3. Using the height label as a guide, adjust the leg  
length to the desired conveyor bed height.  
Retighten the two screws to secure the leg.  
4. Adjust the five remaining legs in the same way.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-2. Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points  
Table 3-1 lists the factory set points for regulator pressure controls, Pneumatic Control Panel mounted speed  
controls, and cylinder mounted speed controls. The table also describes the location of each adjustment.  
Table 3-1. Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and Adjustment Locations  
Regulator Pressure Controls  
Regulator Pressure Controls  
Set Value  
Adjustment Location  
Main Input Air Pressure  
95 PSIG  
Air On/Off Valve/Filter/Regulator and gauge  
assembly  
Box Centering Pressure  
Side Belt Pressure  
50 PSIG  
40 PSIG  
7 PSIG  
Regulator – Underside of Pneumatic Control Panel,  
extreme right  
Regulator – Underside of Pneumatic Control Panel,  
second from extreme right  
Paddle Pressure  
Regulator – Underside of Pneumatic Control Panel,  
third from extreme right  
Box Counter-Balance Pressure  
40 PSIG  
Regulator – Underside of Pneumatic Control Panel,  
extreme left  
To increase air pressure, turn the regulator knob clockwise (CW). To decrease air pressure, turn the regulator  
knob counterclockwise (CCW). There is an air pressure gauge label located on the front of the Pneumatic  
Control Panel referencing the gauges located on the top of the panel.  
Pneumatic Control Panel Mounted Speed Controls  
Air Rate Exhaust Restriction  
Controls (Speed Controls)  
Set Value  
Adjustment Location  
Centering Arms OUT  
6 turns CCW  
Upper (OUT) of two restriction controls – Top of  
Pneumatic Control Panel, extreme right  
Centering Arms IN  
Side Belts OUT  
Side Belts IN  
Head DOWN  
Head UP  
11 turns CCW  
9 turns CCW  
6 turns CCW  
11 turns CCW  
15 turns CCW  
Lower (IN) of two restriction controls – Top of  
Pneumatic Control Panel, extreme right  
Upper (OUT) of two restriction controls – Top of  
Pneumatic Control Panel, center  
Lower (IN) of two restriction controls – Top of  
Pneumatic Control Panel, center  
Lower (DOWN) of two restriction controls – Top of  
Pneumatic Control Panel, extreme left  
Upper (UP) of two restriction controls – Top of  
Pneumatic Control Panel, extreme left  
All adjustments are made from the fully closed position. Loosen the locking nut and turn the brass knurled  
screw fully CW, then turn the screw CCW the number of turns specified above.  
3-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
Table 3-1. Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and Adjustment Locations (Continued)  
Cylinder Mounted Speed Controls  
Air Rate Exhaust Restriction  
Controls (Speed Controls)  
Set Value  
Adjustment Location  
Infeed Gate UP  
3/4 of turn CCW  
On Gate Cylinder – Underside of entrance end of  
case sealer  
Infeed Gate DOWN  
Fork UP  
Not applicable  
12 turns CCW  
No control device is present  
On Fork Cylinder cap end – Remove center  
conveyor bed to expose cylinder  
Fork DOWN  
13 turns CCW  
11 turns CCW  
5 turns CCW  
16 turns CCW  
10 turns CCW  
On Fork Cylinder rod end – Remove center  
conveyor bed to expose cylinder  
Folder Arm EXTEND  
Folder Arm RETRACT  
Rear Flap Folder EXTEND  
Rear Flap Folder RETRACT  
On Folder Arm Cylinder rod end – Through access  
holes in Arm Assembly cover  
On Folder Arm Cylinder cap end – Through access  
holes in Arm Assembly cover  
On Rear Flap Folder Cylinder rod end – Through  
access holes in Folder Assembly cover  
On Rear Flap Folder Cylinder cap end – Through  
access holes in Folder Assembly cover  
All adjustments are made from the fully closed position. Use a standard straight edge screwdriver or loosen the  
knurled ring nut and adjust the thumbscrew fully CW, then turn the thumbscrew CCW the number of turns  
specified above.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-3. Main Air Pressure Regulator  
3-4 . Box Centering Pressure Regulator  
Specification  
Specification  
The case sealer requires a compressed air supply of  
75 – 140 PSIG [5.2 – 9.5 BAR] 7.0 SCFM  
[11.89 m3/h, 21oC, 101 kPa] maximum at maximum  
cycle rate.  
The Box Centering Pressure Regulator should be  
set to permit positive centering of the various  
weights of boxes the customer is using. Set the  
pressure to provide sufficient centering force  
without creating excessive drag. Keep in mind the  
maximum box weight capacity (filled) is 65 pounds,  
and the minimum weight must be sufficient to hold  
the case on the conveyor bed with the bottom flaps  
flat.  
The optimum operating set point on the gauge is  
95 – 100 PSIG.  
Adjustment  
ü Note  
Adjustment  
If the pressure is lower than that specified, check the  
input pressure at the source. If the source pressure is  
lower than 75 PSIG [5.2 BAR], there is not enough  
pressure to operate the case sealer properly. Also  
note that the inner diameter and length of the  
incoming air supply can affect final air pressure and  
recovery rate SCFM.  
1. Refer to Figure 3-3. Adjust the Box Centering  
Pressure Regulator on the underside of the  
Pneumatic Control Panel (CW – increases  
pressure, CCW – decreases pressure). Observe  
the Box Centering Pressure Gauge on the top of  
If the pressure at the source is between 75 – 140  
PSIG (this is the maximum pressure shown on the  
gauge), make the following adjustment.  
1. Refer to Figure 3-2. Adjust the Main Air Pressure  
Regulator to read 95 – 100 PSIG on the gauge  
(CW – increases pressure, CCW – decreases  
pressure).  
Figure 3-3. Box Centering Pressure Regulator  
Adjustment  
Figure 3-2. Main Air Pressure Regulator  
Adjustment  
3-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-5. Side Belt Pressure Regulator  
3-6. Side Belts Closure Drive Chain  
Specification  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
The side belt pressure should be set so that cases are  
driven smoothly through the sealing process by the  
belts without the cases being deformed by excessive  
side pressure.  
Specification  
Adjust the side belts closure drive chain so that the  
side drive belts are equally spaced from the center of  
the case sealer bed at their outermost position. The  
tension of the drive chain must be tight enough to  
ensure smooth inward drive.  
!
Caution  
Excessive belt wear occurs when side belts  
are allowed to slip on the boxes.  
Adjustment  
Adjustment  
1. Remove the case sealer bed plates as described in  
Section 4-6, Case Sealer Bed Plates.  
1. Refer to Figure 3-4. Adjust the Side Belt  
Pressure Regulator on the underside of the  
Pneumatic Control Panel so that the gauge  
reads 40 PSIG with the Main Air Pressure  
Regulator set correctly (CW – increases  
pressure, CCW – decreases pressure).  
Observe the Side Belt Pressure Gauge on  
the top of the panel.  
2. Refer to Figure 3-5. Loosen the lock nuts on the  
drive chain.  
3. Turn the adjustment bolts to obtain the proper  
position and tension.  
ü Note  
If correct belt position cannot be obtained by means  
of the adjustment bolts, remove the chain and  
reposition it.  
ü Note  
Air pressure can be reduced for light-weight cases.  
Adjust side belt pressure so that the cases are cen-  
tered and are driven smoothly.  
Figure 3-5. Side Belts Closure Drive Chain  
Adjustment  
4. Reinstall all parts removed in step 1.  
Figure 3-4. Side Belt Pressure Regulator  
Adjustment  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-7. Side Belts In/Out Rates  
Adjustment  
1. Pass an average size box through the case sealer.  
2. Observe the rates of side belt closure and return.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
3. Adjust the Side Belt IN/OUT speed control  
valves, as shown in Figure 3-6 (CW – decreases  
speed, CCW – increases speed). These controls  
are located on the top of the Pneumatic Control  
Panel.  
Specification  
Adjust the Side Belt IN/OUT speed flow controls to  
allow the side belts to move to the center of the case  
sealer bed at approximately the same speed as they  
return to their outer position. The rate of closure (IN)  
is the primary measure of a good speed. It must be  
slow enough to help center but not bounce a small  
box, and not so slow as to reduce the overall produc-  
tion rate.  
ü Note  
If there is any confusion as to where to set the speed  
control valves, turn the valves fully CW and then  
turn the OUT control 9 full turns CCW and turn the  
IN control 6 full turns CCW. Refer to Table 3-1,  
Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and Adjust-  
ment Locations.  
ü Note  
If the side belts do not return (move OUT) from the  
center of the case sealer bed when no box is present,  
refer to Section 3-8, Side Belt Inner Limit, before  
proceeding.  
Figure 3-6. Side Belt IN/OUT Rate Adjustment  
3-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-8. Side Belt Inner Limit  
6. If the side drive belt assembly does not move to  
its outermost position, press the STOP button.  
The assembly will move out so the following  
adjustment can be made.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
7. Refer to Figure 3-7. Using a 2 mm hex wrench  
loosen the screws on the reed switch. Move the  
switch to the right in increments until, when  
tested as described earlier, the assembly returns  
to its outermost position.  
Specification  
With no box in the case sealer, adjust the side drive  
belt assembly inner limit reed switch so that the  
assembly closes to the center of the case sealer bed.  
All side drive belt motors stop and the assembly  
returns to its outermost position.  
8. Replace the center roller assembly.  
Adjustment  
1. Raise the upper head assembly to its uppermost  
position by setting the mode selector switch to  
RANDOM and pressing the RESET button.  
2. Turn off the main air valve and the electrical  
disconnect switch.  
3. Refer to Section 4-6, Case Sealer Bed Plates, and  
remove the center roller assembly.  
4. Turn on the main air valve and the electrical  
disconnect switch. Press the RESET button then  
the START  
5. Block the light path from PC1 and then PC3.  
Blocking the light path of PC3 causes the side  
drive belt assembly to move in to the center. This  
closes the limit reed switch on the assembly  
movement cylinder. The switch closing initiates  
an input to the Programmable Controller result-  
ing in a fault condition, which causes the assem-  
bly to return to its outermost position.  
Figure 3-7. Side Belt Inner Limit Adjustment  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-9. Side Belt Tension  
!
Caution  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
In the following adjustment, be sure to  
adjust BOTH belt tension assemblies.  
1. Remove the side drive belt assembly. (Refer to  
Section 4-3, Side Drive Belt Assembly.)  
Specification  
Adjust the tension of the side belts so that the cases  
move through the machine positively and the belts  
wrap tightly around the surface of the idler pulleys at  
each end of the frame.  
2. Loosen the lock nuts on both the upper and  
lower belt tension assemblies. Refer to  
Figure 3-9.  
! Warning  
Turn all electrical power off and disconnect  
the power cord from the power outlet before  
doing this adjustment.  
Measurement  
1. Turn the case sealer off and disconnect the power  
cord.  
2. Use a force gauge to pull each side belt outward 1  
inch [25.4 mm], near its mid-span. The gauge  
should read 7 lb. [3.2 kg]. Refer to Figure 3-8.  
Figure 3-9. Side Belt Tension Adjustment  
3. Turn the adjustment screws equally on both the  
upper and lower belt tension assemblies. Turn the  
screws CW to decrease belt tension; CCW to  
increase belt tension.  
Figure 3-8. Side Belt Tension Test Adjustment  
ü Note  
If you decrease belt tension, be sure to push the idler  
(end) pulley inward, toward the adjustment screws,  
before tightening the lock nuts.  
4. Tighten both the upper and lower lock nuts.  
3-8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-10. Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower  
5. Loosen, but do not remove, the four screws  
securing the motor to its base. Refer to  
Figure 3-11.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
Specification  
Adjust the motor drive belts to maintain proper belt  
tension.  
Adjustment  
! Warning  
Turn the main air supply and electrical  
power off before making this adjustment.  
1. Remove the cover from the side drive belt  
assembly. Refer to Figure 3-10.  
Figure 3-11. Motor Drive Belts Adjustment  
6. Loosen, but do not remove, the lower self-locking  
nut on the jockey pulley.  
7. Move the jockey pulley toward the belt to tighten  
the drive motor lower belt. Secure the lower  
self-locking nut on the jockey pulley.  
8. Move the drive motor toward the exit end of the  
case sealer to tighten the drive motor upper belt.  
Tighten the four motor mounting screws.  
Figure 3-10. Side Belt Removal  
2. Unplug the drive motor using the  
quick-disconnect plug.  
9. Reinstall the side drive belt and adjust the belt  
tension as described in Section 3-9, Side Belt  
Tension.  
3. Release side belt tension. Refer to  
Section 3-9, Side Belt Tension.  
10. Reinstall the belt cover and reconnect the drive  
motor power plug.  
4. Remove the side drive belt.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-11. Drive Chain  
3-12. Safety Door Interlock  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
Specification  
Specification  
There is no exact chain tension specification.  
Adjust the chain so that it is just tight enough to  
drive reliably without slack.  
Adjust each door interlock switch so that it de-  
actuates when the safety door is fully closed and  
actuates when the safety door is opened slightly.  
Adjustment  
Adjustment  
Loosen three bolts, adjust the chain, and retighten  
the bolts. Refer to Figure 3-12.  
1. Check that all four doors are aligned flush with  
the door frames, and that each switch actuator  
mounted on the door fits securely into the red  
interlock switch.  
ü Note  
If you adjust the drive chain, it is also necessary to  
adjust the upper and lower motor drive belts. Refer  
to Section 3-10, Motor Drive Belts, Upper and  
Lower.  
2. Loosen the two screws securing the interlock  
switch to the door frame. Refer to Figure 3-13.  
3. With the door fully closed, hold the switch  
actuator and interlock switch firmly together and  
tighten the screws.  
4. Test the door interlock with the electrical power  
on.  
a. Open the door. The red E-STOP/SLIDING  
DOOR indicator lights on the Electrical  
Control Panel.  
b. Close the door. The indicator turns off.  
Figure 3-12. Drive Chain Adjustment  
Figure 3-13. Safety Door Interlock Adjustment  
3-10  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
1. Adjust the Flap Folder Arm Cylinder speed  
3-13. Flap Folder Arm and Flap Folder Flow  
Controls - Speed Controls  
flow controls (CW – decreases speed,  
CCW – increases speed).  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
a. Adjust the cap end to control the speed of the  
retract (down) motion.  
b. Adjust the rod end to control the speed of the  
extend (up) motion.  
Specification  
2. Adjust the Flap Folder Cylinder speed  
flow controls (CW – decreases speed,  
CCW – increases speed).  
Adjust the cylinder-mounted speed flow controls  
for optimum stroke operation. Consider a smooth  
cylinder extension and retraction without banging at  
the end of either motion.  
a. Adjust the cap end to control the speed of the  
retract (out to fold flap) motion.  
Adjustment  
b. Adjust the rod end to control the speed of the  
extend (in to home position) motion.  
The Flap Folder Arm Cylinder and the Flap Folder  
Cylinder both have speed flow controls located at  
each end of the cylinders; one control at the cap end,  
and one control at the rod end. Refer to Figure 3-14.  
ü Note  
If there is any confusion as to where to set the speed  
flow controls, turn the adjusting screws fully CW.  
Flap Folder Arm Cylinder – turn the cap-end screw 5  
full turns CCW and turn the rod-end screw 11 full  
turns CCW. Flap Folder Cylinder – turn the cap-end  
screw 10 full turns CCW and turn the rod-end screw  
16 full turns CCW. Refer to Table 3-1, Pneumatic  
Device Factory Set Points and Adjustment Locations  
(Cylinder Mounted Speed Controls).  
Figure 3-14. Flap Folder Arm and Flap Folder  
Speed Control Adjustments  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustment  
3-14. Flap Folder Arm Reed Switch  
1. Observe when the Flap Folder activates. It  
should begin to move downward when the Flap  
Folder Arm is about midway between fully  
extended and fully retracted. Refer to Figure 3-  
15.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
Specification  
2. Loosen the screw securing the switch bracket and  
move the reed switch and bracket toward the rod  
end of the cylinder to activate the Flap Folder  
sooner. Move the switch and bracket toward the  
cap end of the cylinder to activate the Flap Folder  
later.  
The factory set position of the circular bracket that  
holds the reed switch to the Flap Folder Arm Cylinder  
wall is approximately 2.5 inches from the cap end of  
the cylinder. When the switch signals an output, the  
Flap Folder Cylinder activates and the Flap Folder  
moves downward, folding the rear flap of the box  
inward.  
3. When the reed switch is set correctly, tighten the  
screw securing the switch bracket. Avoid switch  
movement while doing this.  
Figure 3-15. Flap Folder Arm Reed Switch Adjustment  
3-12  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-15. Cylinder Cushion Setting  
3-16. Paddle Pressure Regulator  
Specification  
ü Note  
This is a generic approach to adjusting the cylinder  
cushion settings for all cylinders used in the 800rf  
Case Sealer.  
The Paddle Pressure Regulator should be set so that  
as the paddle makes contact with the top of the carton  
when the upper head assembly descends, it does not  
overtravel and deform the carton.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is not  
necessary to adjust the cylinder cushion settings  
unless a new cylinder is installed to replace an  
original component.  
Adjustment  
1. Refer to Figure 3-17. Adjust the Paddle Pressure  
Regulator on the underside of the Pneumatic  
Control Panel so the gauge reads 7 PSIG with  
the Main Air Pressure Regulator set correctly  
(CW – increases pressure, CCW – decreases  
pressure). Observe the Paddle Pressure Gauge on  
the top of the panel.  
Specification  
Adjust cushion settings so that the cylinder does not  
bottom out hard at the end travel of its stroke.  
Adjustment  
ü Note  
Set the cylinder cushions for the setting that allows  
proper operation as described in the above specifica-  
tion. Typically, these are factory set and do not need  
to be adjusted.  
Too much pressure results in excessive drag on the  
top of the carton or deforming of the carton.  
1. Refer to Figure 3-16 for adjusting screw loca-  
tions. This is a generic view for all cylinders used  
in the 800rf Case Sealer.  
2. Turn the adjusting screws fully CW (closed).  
3. Adjust by turning the screws 1/8 to 1/4 turn  
CCW.  
Figure 3-16. Cushion Adjusting Screw Locations  
Figure 3-17. Paddle Pressure Regulator  
Adjustment  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-17. Counter-Balance Pressure Regulator  
3-18. Case Top Sensitivity  
Specification  
Specification  
The Counter-Balance Pressure Regulator should be  
set so the upper head assembly comes to a stop  
between 0 and 1/8 inch from the top of the carton.  
Adjust the case top sense reed switch so that the head  
lowers just enough to ensure that the side flaps are  
held securely against the top of the case during the  
taping operation. The downward pressure of the top  
taping head must not be great enough to distort the  
box in any way.  
Adjustment  
1. Refer to Figure 3-18. Adjust the Counter-Balance  
Pressure Regulator on the underside of the  
Pneumatic Control Panel so the gauge reads 40  
PSIG with the Main Air Pressure Regulator  
set correctly (CW – increases pressure,  
Adjustment  
1. Slide the safety door fully open to gain access to  
the reed switch.  
CCW – decreases pressure). Observe the  
Counter-Balance Pressure Gauge on the top of  
the panel. Higher gauge pressure means more  
pressure on top of the carton.  
2. Loosen the set screw securing the reed switch and  
move the switch toward the infeed end of the  
case sealer to decrease sensitivity (increase  
pressure on the top of the case). Move the switch  
toward the exit end of the case sealer to increase  
sensitivity (decrease pressure on the top of the  
box). Refer to Figure 3-19. (The switch is located  
inside the paddle assembly.)  
1. Observe production and examine cartons that  
have been run.  
ü Note  
Too little pressure results in tape being cut improp-  
erly or not being cut at all (head too high above box).  
Too much pressure results in dragging and scoring  
on the top of the cartons (head too low).  
ü Note  
The normal position for the case top sense reed  
switch is almost fully toward the infeed end of the  
case sealer.  
3. When the case top sensitivity is correct, tighten  
the set screw securing the reed switch. Avoid  
switch movement while doing this.  
Figure 3-19. Case Top Sensitivity Adjustment  
Figure 3-18. Counter-Balance Pressure Regulator  
Adjustment  
3-14  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-19. Fork Lift Flow Controls-Speed  
Controls  
ü Note  
If there is any confusion as to where to set the speed  
flow controls, turn the adjusting screws fully CW,  
then turn the cap-end screw 12 full turns CCW and  
turn the rod-end screw 13 full turns CCW. Refer to  
Table 3-1, Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and  
Adjustment Locations (Cylinder Mounted Speed  
Controls).  
These cylinder-mounted speed flow controls are  
factory set and normally do not need adjusting unless  
related components are replaced.  
Specification  
Adjust the Fork Cylinder speed flow controls so that:  
1. The fork automatically moves down to its hori-  
zontal position before case movement forces it  
down.  
2. The fork returns to its upright vertical position  
before the side belts begin to move inward to  
receive the next carton.  
3. Fork movement occurs without banging or  
rebound.  
Adjustment  
Figure 3-20. Fork Speed Control Adjustment  
Before making any adjustments on these speed flow  
controls, the Main Air Pressure Regulator must be set  
correctly.  
1. Remove the center conveyor bed as described in  
Section 4-6, Case Sealer Bed Plates.  
2. Refer to Figure 3-20. Adjust the Fork Cylinder  
speed flow controls (CW – decreases speed,  
CCW – increases speed).  
a. Adjust the cap end to control the speed of the  
retract (fork down) motion.  
b. Adjust the rod end to control the speed of the  
extend (fork up) motion.  
3. Replace the center conveyor bed.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-20. Infeed Box Stop-Gate Flow Control-  
Speed Control  
This cylinder-mounted speed flow control is factory  
set and normally does not need adjusting unless the  
cylinder is replaced.  
Specification  
Adjust the Infeed Box Stop-Gate Cylinder speed flow  
control for optimum stroke operation. Consider a  
smooth cylinder extension without banging or  
rebound.  
Adjustment  
1. Access the Infeed Box Stop-Gate Cylinder from  
the underside of the infeed end of the case sealer.  
2. Adjust the speed flow control (CW – decreases  
speed, CCW – increases speed).  
ü Note  
If there is any confusion as to where to set the speed  
flow control, turn the adjusting screw fully CW, then  
turn the screw 3/4 of a turn CCW. Refer to Table 3-1,  
Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and Adjust-  
ment Locations (Cylinder Mounted Speed Controls).  
3-16  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
Adjustment  
3-21. Box Centering Rails In/Out Rates  
1. Pass some average size boxes through the case  
sealer.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
2. Observe the speed of the centering rails closure  
(IN) and return (OUT).  
Specification  
3. Adjust the Box Centering IN/OUT speed control  
valves, as shown in Figure 3-21 (CW – decreases  
speed, CCW – increases speed). These controls  
are located on the top of the Pneumatic Control  
Panel, extreme right.  
Adjust the Box Centering IN/OUT speed flow  
controls to allow the centering rails to close (move  
IN) and center the carton, then release (move OUT)  
and open to their home position at approximately the  
same speed. The rate of closure (IN) is the primary  
measure of a good speed. It must be slow enough to  
center but not bounce a small box, and not so slow as  
to reduce the overall production rate.  
ü Note  
If there is any confusion as to where to set the speed  
control valves, turn the valves fully CW and then  
turn the OUT control 6 full turns CCW and turn the  
IN control 11 full turns CCW. Refer to Table 3-1,  
Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and Adjust-  
ment Locations (Pneumatic Control Panel Mounted  
Speed Controls).  
Figure 3-21. Box Centering Rails IN/OUT Rate Adjustment  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustment  
3-22. Upper Head Assembly Down/Up Rates  
1. Pass some average size boxes through the case  
sealer.  
This is not a routine adjustment. Normally, it is  
necessary only after major disassembly or repair of  
related components.  
2. Observe the speed at which the Upper Head  
Assembly descends (DOWN) and raises (UP).  
Specification  
3. Adjust the Upper Head Assembly speed control  
valves, as shown in Figure 3-22 (CW – decreases  
speed, CCW – increases speed). These controls  
are located on the top of the Pneumatic Control  
Panel, extreme left.  
Adjust the Upper Head DOWN/UP speed flow  
controls to allow the Upper Head Assembly to  
descend and raise smoothly and without banging,  
causing undue wear to the Upper Head Assembly and  
its cylinders.  
ü Note  
If there is any confusion as to where to set the speed  
control valves, turn the valves fully CW and then  
turn the DOWN control 11 full turns CCW and turn  
the UP control 15 full turns CCW. Refer to Table 3-  
1, Pneumatic Device Factory Set Points and Adjust-  
ment Locations (Pneumatic Control Panel Mounted  
Speed Controls).  
Figure 3-22. Upper Head Assembly DOWN/UP Rate Adjustment  
3-18  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-24. Tape Web Alignment  
3-23. Top Flap Compression Rollers  
Specification  
Specification  
Position the tape drum shaft so that the tape is  
centered on the centerline of the taping head.  
Adjust the top flap compression rollers to hold the  
top flaps of the case together during the taping  
process. The flaps should not overlap or have space  
between them after the taping process.  
Adjustment  
The tape drum assembly on each taping head is pre-  
set to accommodate 2 inch [48 mm] wide tape, but is  
adjustable to handle narrower tapes. To center the  
tape width on the centerline of the taping head, make  
the adjustment as follows:  
Adjustment  
1. Adjust all compression rollers inward to hold the  
top of the box more securely. Refer to Figure 3-  
23.  
2. Adjust all compression rollers outward if the box  
binds.  
1. Use an adjustable wrench or a 25 mm open-end  
wrench to loosen the locking hex nut on the tape  
drum shaft behind the tape drum bracket. Refer to  
Figure 3-24.  
2. Use a 5 mm hex key wrench to turn the tape drum  
shaft CW (in) or CCW (out) to center the tape  
web on the centerline of the taping head.  
Figure 3-23. Top Flap Compression Rollers  
Adjustment  
Figure 3-24. Tape Web Alignment Adjustment  
3. Tighten the locking hex nut to secure the shaft in  
this new position.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
3-26. Tape Applying Mechanism Spring  
3-25. Tape Drum Friction Brake  
Specification  
Specification  
Adjust the position of the tape applying mechanism  
spring so there is sufficient pressure to seal the box,  
and after sealing the box, the tape buffing roller  
returns to its rest position.  
Adjust the tape drum friction brake to prevent exces-  
sive tape overtravel caused by a flywheel effect.  
Adjustment  
1. Refer to Figure 3-25. Turn the self-locking nut on  
the shaft to adjust the braking force (CW –  
increases braking force, CCW – decreases  
braking force).  
Adjustment  
1. To gain access to the spring, remove the taping  
head cover (four mounting screws).  
2. Increase or decrease the pressure applied by the  
tape applying mechanism spring by removing the  
end loop from the spring holder and moving it to  
another hole. Refer to Figure 3-26.  
2. Adjust the friction brake for the minimum  
braking force that prevents excessive overtravel.  
ü Note  
Excessive braking force causes poor tape application  
and may lead to tape tabbing on the trailing tape leg.  
3. If a tape gap appears on the trailing surface of the  
box, increase the spring pressure.  
4. If the front of the box is being crushed by the  
applying roller, decrease the spring pressure.  
Figure 3-26. Tape Applying Mechanism Spring  
Adjustment  
5. Replace the taping head cover (four mounting  
screws).  
Figure 3-25. Tape Drum Friction Brake  
Adjustment  
3-20  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-27. One-Way Tension Roller  
Specification  
Adjust the one-way tension roller so that it slips  
under a tangential force of 1 to 2 lbs. [0.5 to  
0.9 kg]. Refer to Figure 3-27.  
Figure 3-27. One-Way Tension Roller Adjustment  
Measurement  
1. Wrap a cord or small strap (non-adhesive) 4 to 6  
turns around the tension roller.  
2. Attach a spring scale to the end of the cord or  
strap.  
3. Pull the spring gauge until the one-way tension  
roller slips. The spring gauge should read 1 to 2  
lbs [0.5 to 0.9 kg] when slippage occurs.  
Adjustment  
Turn the self-locking adjusting nut to adjust the  
holding force (CW – increases holding force,  
CCW – decreases holding force).  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4. Connect the electrical power and air pressure,  
turn the On/Off Air Valve to the On position, and  
set the Main Air Pressure Regulator Gauge to  
read 50 PSIG.  
3-28. Low Air Pressure Switch  
Specification  
Adjust the Low Air Pressure Switch so the case sealer  
shuts down if the main air pressure drops below 50  
PSIG and a box feed is attempted.  
5. Press the RESET button and then the START  
button. If the case sealer motors do not start, the  
switch is set properly.  
ü Note  
6. If the case sealer motors start at 50 PSIG, the Low  
Air Pressure Switch is set too high and adjust-  
ment is necessary.  
All adjustments to the Low Air Pressure Switch must  
be made with the Main Air On/Off Valve in the Off  
position.  
a. Turn the Main Air On/Off Valve to the Off  
position.  
Measurement  
b. Turn the Low Air Pressure Switch adjusting  
screw CCW by 1/2-turn increments and  
repeat steps 4 and 5 until the motors do not  
start.  
1. Set the Main Air Pressure Regulator Gauge to  
read 50 PSIG.  
2. With the electrical power and air pressure con-  
nected, start the machine by pressing the RESET  
button and then the START button.  
7. Reset the Main Air Pressure Regulator Gauge to  
read 95 PSIG and perform a final operational test  
by running a carton through the case sealer.  
The case sealer side drive motors should NOT  
start and the red RESET lamp should light.  
3. Set the Main Air Pressure Regulator Gauge to  
read 95 PSIG.  
4. Start the machine by pressing the RESET button  
and then the START button.  
The case sealer should operate properly (RUN  
light is on, motors are on, and side belts are  
rotating). You should be able to convey a carton  
through the machine and have it successfully seal  
the top and bottom seams of the carton.  
Adjustment  
1. Turn the Main Air On/Off Valve to the Off  
position.  
2. Locate the adjusting screw on top of the Low Air  
Pressure Switch and turn it fully CCW until it  
stops, being careful not to damage the adjusting  
screw. Refer to Figure 3-28.  
Figure 3-28. Low Air Pressure Switch Adjustment  
3. Preset the adjusting screw by turning it 9 full  
turns CW.  
3-22  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Adjustments  
3-29. Overload Circuit Breaker  
3-30. Head Travel Limit Switch  
Specification  
Specification  
Adjust the setting screw on the Overload Circuit  
Breaker to the 1.4 Amp setting.  
Adjust the Head Travel Limit Switch located on the  
rear head raising cylinder so when the head is at the  
rest position, it is approximately 3 inches above the  
highest box being run.  
Adjustment  
Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to set the alignment  
mark to the 1.4 Amp setting. Refer to Figure 3-29.  
Adjustment  
1. Loosen the two securing screws. Refer to Figure  
3-30.  
2. Move the switch up or down as required.  
3. Tighten the screws.  
4. Check the head rest position.  
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 until the head rest  
position is approximately 3 inches above the  
highest box being run.  
Figure 3-29. Overload Circuit Breaker  
Adjustment  
Figure 3-30. Head Travel Limit Switch  
Adjustment  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
3-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
3-24  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
Table of Contents  
4. Disassembly/Reassembly .............................................................................................................................. 4-1  
4-1.  
4-2.  
4-3.  
4-4.  
4-5.  
4-6.  
4-7.  
4-8.  
4-9.  
General ............................................................................................................................................... 4-1  
Format ................................................................................................................................................ 4-1  
Side Drive Belt Assembly .................................................................................................................. 4-2  
Side Drive Belt................................................................................................................................... 4-3  
Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower ................................................................................................ 4-4  
Case Sealer Bed Plates....................................................................................................................... 4-6  
Fork Cylinder ..................................................................................................................................... 4-7  
Side Drive Belts Cylinder .................................................................................................................. 4-7  
Flap Folder Cylinder .......................................................................................................................... 4-8  
4-10. Flap Folder Arm Cylinder .................................................................................................................. 4-8  
4-11. Knife Replacement, Upper Taping Head ........................................................................................... 4-9  
4-12. Knife Replacement, Lower Taping Head......................................................................................... 4-10  
4-13. Belt Drive Pulley Assembly Ribbed Rings ...................................................................................... 4-10  
4-14. Infeed Rollers................................................................................................................................... 4-12  
4-15. Overload Circuit Breaker ................................................................................................................. 4-14  
3M 1998 December  
4-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
4-ii  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4. Disassembly/Reassembly  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
4-1. General  
This section provides instructions for removing  
components and major assemblies from the Model  
800rf Type 39800 Case Sealer. Disassembly should  
be done only to replace a faulty part. Be sure the  
component is out of tolerance as defined in Section  
3, Adjustments, before assuming it is worn or  
defective.  
4-2. Format  
Many of the disassembly procedures in this section  
are illustrated views with a minimum of supporting  
text. The order of disassembly is indicated by circled  
numbers with 1 being the first step, 2 the second step,  
and so on. Reassembly is done in the reverse order of  
disassembly.  
Carefully review and understand each procedure  
before the disassembly of any component. Often,  
reference to the exploded view in Section 7,  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown, aids disassembly and  
subsequent reassembly.  
! Warning  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
3M 1998 December  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4-3. Side Drive Belt Assembly  
! Warning  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
4-2  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
4-4. Side Drive Belt  
! Warning  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
1. Remove the side drive belt assembly using  
Procedure 4-3 in this section.  
ü Note  
If the side drive belt being removed is without pin  
and lacing, the belt must be cut to remove it. A  
replacement side drive belt with pin and lacing is  
needed to reassemble the unit.  
5. Install the new drive belt.  
6. After installing the new belt, adjust the side  
drive belt tension. Refer to Side Belt Tension in  
Section 3.  
3M 1998 December  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4-5.  
Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower  
! Warning  
10. Remove the chain [75] by disconnecting the  
removable link.  
11. Remove the two standoffs on which the chain  
cover [76] is mounted.  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
12. Remove the screw and washer holding the  
sprocket [33] on the bottom of the drive pulley  
assembly [27].  
ü Note  
13. Remove the 3/8-inch keyed sprocket [33], using  
a gear puller, and being careful not to lose the  
key.  
A gear puller is needed to complete this procedure.  
Make sure a gear puller is available before begin-  
ning this procedure.  
14. Remove the three (3) hex-head bolts and washers  
holding the drive pulley assembly [27].  
1. Remove the side drive belt assembly using  
Procedure 4-3 in this section.  
15. Remove the drive pulley assembly [27].  
2. Remove the side drive belt using Procedure 4-4 in  
this section.  
16. Remove the six (6) hex head bolts which hold the  
two halves of the side drive belt assembly to-  
gether from the bottom of the assembly.  
3. Remove the self-locking nut and the washer from  
the top of the wrap pulley assembly [43].  
17. Lift the lower half of the side drive belt assem-  
bly and move it aside from the upper half,  
pivoting on the belt drive pulley assembly [15]  
shaft.  
4. Remove the bolt and washer from the bottom of  
the rod. Slide the rod out of the threaded sleeve.  
5. Remove the M22 nut from the bottom of the  
threaded sleeve.  
18. Remove the wrap pulley assembly [43].  
19. Remove the timing belt(s) to be replaced.  
6. Loosen but do not remove the self-locking nut on  
the jockey pulley assembly [35].  
20. To reassemble and reinstall the side drive belt  
assembly, perform steps 1 through 19 of this  
procedure in reverse order.  
7. Remove the hex-head screw and the washer from  
the bottom of the wrap pulley assembly [43].  
8. Remove the nut and washer from the bottom of  
the idler roller assembly [51].  
21. When the side drive belt assembly has been  
reassembled and reinstalled, perform the follow-  
ing adjustment procedures described in Section 3.  
9. Remove the two screws holding the chain cover  
[76] in place and remove the chain cover.  
Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower  
Side Belt Tension  
4-4  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M 1998 December  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4-6. Case Sealer Bed Plates  
! Warning  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
1. Remove the side drive belt assembly using  
Procedure 4-3 in this section.  
4-6  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
4-7. Fork Cylinder  
4-8.  
Side Drive Belts Cylinder  
! Warning  
! Warning  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
1. Remove the case sealer bed plates using  
Procedures 4-3 and 4-6 in this section.  
1. Remove the case sealer bed plates using  
Procedures 4-3 and 4-6 in this section.  
2. Remove the associated air lines and hardware  
from the cylinder.  
Before removing the limit switch (sensor)  
attached to the cylinder housing, note the switch  
position on the cylinder so you can install the  
switch at the same position on the replacement  
cylinder. The position of the limit switch affects  
cylinder extension, timing, etc.  
5. Remove the associated air lines and hardware  
from the cylinder.  
6. Reassembly requires adjustment of fork speed.  
Refer to Fork Cylinder Flow Controls – Speed  
Controls in Section 3.  
3. Reassembly requires adjustment of side drive belt  
pressure and side drive belts closure/retract rates.  
Refer to Side Belt Pressure Regulator and Side  
Belts In/Out Rates in Section 3.  
3M 1998 December  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4-9.  
Flap Folder Cylinder  
4-10. Flap Folder Arm Cylinder  
! Warning  
! Warning  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
Turn off the main air supply and electrical  
power before removing any components.  
Steps 1 through 3 on the figure below refer to  
removal of the Flap Folder Cylinder.  
Steps 6 through 8 on the figure below refer to  
removal of the Flap Folder Arm Cylinder.  
1. Remove associated hardware, air lines, and flow  
control valves.  
1. Remove associated hardware, air lines, and flow  
controls. Note the position of the limit switch  
(sensor) attached to the cylinder housing so you  
can install the switch at the same position on the  
replacement cylinder. The position of the limit  
switch affects cylinder extension, timing, etc.  
2. If a flow control is replaced, adjust the new  
flow control to match the one removed. Refer  
to Flap Folder Arm and Flap Folder Flow  
Controls – Speed Controls in Section 3.  
2. If a flow control is replaced, adjust the new  
flow control to match the one removed. Refer  
to Flap Folder Arm and Flap Folder Flow  
Controls – Speed Controls in Section 3.  
4-8  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
6.  
4-11. Knife Replacement, Upper Taping  
Head  
Carefully cover the teeth on the new knife with tape.  
7. Position the new knife [B] with the beveled side  
away from the mounting bracket.  
! Warning  
The Tape Cut-Off Knife is very sharp. To  
avoid personal injury, handle the knife with  
special care. Also, disconnect the power  
before starting this procedure.  
8. Mount the knife so that the screws bottom out in  
the slots. This position automatically gives the  
proper mounting and cutting angle.  
9. Tighten the screws that secure the knife.  
1. Apply air pressure to the machine and raise the  
upper head assembly to its full upward position.  
10. Slowly pivot the knife guard back and forth to  
ensure proper clearance.  
2. Pivot the knife guard back and hold it in this  
position, as shown in the figure below.  
11. Remove the tape from the new knife.  
! Caution  
3. Carefully cover the knife teeth with tape.  
4. Loosen, but do not remove, the knife fastening  
screws [A]. Remove and discard the old knife.  
Be sure the knife does not interfere with the  
knife guard.  
5. Clean the knife mounting bracket.  
3M 1998 December  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4-12. Knife Replacement, Lower Taping  
Head  
4-13. Belt Drive Pulley Assembly  
Ribbed Rings  
1. Remove the side drive belt assembly using  
Procedure 4-3 in this section.  
! Warning  
The Tape Cut-Off Knife is very sharp. To  
avoid personal injury, handle the knife with  
special care. Also, disconnect the power  
before starting this procedure.  
2. Remove the side drive belt using Procedure 4-4 in  
this section.  
3. Remove the bolt and washer from the bottom of  
the rod. Slide the rod out of the threaded sleeve.  
1. Remove the lower taping head from the case  
sealer and lay it on a flat work surface.  
4. Remove the self-locking nut and the washer from  
the top of the wrap pulley assembly [43].  
2. Replace the knife using the knife replacement  
procedure described for the upper taping head;  
Procedure 4-11 in this section.  
5. Remove the nut and washer from the top of the  
idler roller assembly [51].  
6. Remove the M22 nut from the top of the threaded  
sleeve.  
7. Remove the three (3) hex-head bolts and washers  
from the top of the belt drive pulley assembly  
[15].  
8. Remove the eight (8) hex-head bolts and washers  
from the upper half of the side drive belt assem-  
bly.  
9. Lift the upper half of the side drive belt assembly  
off of the lower half, disengaging the upper  
timing belt [71], and lay it aside.  
10. If necessary, remove the old ribbed rings [17]  
from the belt drive pulley assembly [15].  
11. Slide the replacement ribbed rings [17] into  
place, ensuring that the ribbed surface faces  
outward.  
4-10  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
12. To reassemble and reinstall the side drive belt  
assembly, perform steps 1 through 9 in reverse  
order.  
13. When the side drive belt assembly has been  
reassembled and reinstalled, perform the follow-  
ing adjustment procedures described in Section 3.  
Motor Drive Belts, Upper and Lower  
Side Belt Tension  
3M 1998 December  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
10. If the chain has enough slack, slip it over the  
motor drive sprocket [11]. If the chain does not  
have enough slack, locate and remove the master  
chain link and remove the chain.  
4-14. Infeed Rollers  
1. Remove the photocell connectors [40] from  
photocells PC1 and PC2.  
11. Identify the roller you are replacing and remove  
the roller sprocket [23] secured by a hex screw at  
the keyway.  
2. Remove the front photocell support bracket [34]  
secured by 3 hex-head screws.  
3. Remove the Infeed front side cover [31] exposing  
the roller drive chain [25], roller sprockets [23],  
motor drive sprocket [11], and roller flanged  
bearings [15].  
12. Remove the front and rear roller flanged bearings  
[15] secured by three (3) hex-head screws each.  
13. Loosen the roller spacer collars located on the  
roller shafts at each end of the roller. Each collar  
is secured by (2) set screws. Loosen the set  
screws until the collars turn freely.  
4. Remove the rear photocell reflector support  
bracket [34] secured by 3 hex-head screws.  
5. Remove the Infeed rear side cover [31] exposing  
the roller drive chain [25], roller sprockets [23],  
motor drive sprocket [11], and roller flanged  
bearings [15].  
14. Slide the roller shaft to the left through the hole  
created by the bearing removal. Then, lift the  
right side of the roller up and out of the Infeed  
frame.  
6. Loosen, but do not remove, the four (4) motor  
positioning hex-head bolts.  
15. Install the new roller by following the reverse  
order of the disassembly procedure.  
7. Move the motor [26] upward providing slack in  
the chain [25].  
ü Note  
8. Tighten the motor bolts to hold the motor in this  
position.  
Be sure to align the drive chain. Install the chain  
taunt around all roller and drive sprockets. Do this  
by loosening the four (4) motor bolts, moving the  
motor downward until the chain is taunt with no  
slack, and then tightening the bolts. Also, be careful  
when inserting the photocell electrical connectors.  
Notice that the 4-pin connectors are keyed for proper  
pin positioning.  
9. Remove the chain slide [13].  
4-12  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M 1998 December  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly/Reassembly  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
4-15. Overload Circuit Breaker  
1. Pull and hold down on the silver release clip  
located at the bottom and rear of the circuit  
breaker. Refer to the figure below.  
2. Pull outward on the bottom of the circuit breaker  
and lift up and away from the DIN rail.  
4-14  
3M 1998 December  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table of Contents  
5. Theory of Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 5-1  
5-1.  
5-2.  
General .............................................................................................................................................. 5-1  
Operation Summary ........................................................................................................................... 5-1  
5-2-1. Random Mode....................................................................................................................... 5-1  
5-2-2. Fixed Mode ........................................................................................................................... 5-2  
5-2-3. Bypass Mode......................................................................................................................... 5-2  
5-3.  
5-4.  
Sequence Tables ................................................................................................................................. 5-2  
Electrical System ............................................................................................................................. 5-14  
5-4-1. Power Distribution .............................................................................................................. 5-14  
5-4-2. Special Circuits/Components.............................................................................................. 5-14  
5-4-3. Electrical Schematic ........................................................................................................... 5-16  
5-5.  
Pneumatic System ............................................................................................................................ 5-20  
Pneumatic Diagram............................................................................................................. 5-21  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank  
5-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
When the box blocks the light path of the fourth  
photocell, the side belt drive assemblies lock in  
position, the upper head assembly brakes unlock, and  
the head assembly begins to move downward. This  
downward movement continues until a paddle presses  
against the front flap of the box, folding the flap  
inward. Downward movement of the head assembly  
continues until resistance of the box leading edge  
moves the paddle upward, actuating the box height  
limit switch. An output from the controller stops  
downward movement of the head assembly. At this  
time, the head assembly and paddle lock in position,  
the fork moves down, and the rear flap-folding  
process occurs.  
5. Theory of Operation  
5-1. General  
This section begins with an operation summary,  
which gives an overview of the operations that the  
Model 800rf Type 39800 Case Sealer performs as it  
seals a carton. Next, the sequence tables provide a  
detailed sequence of actions the case sealer performs  
while operating in Random mode, Fixed mode, or  
Bypass mode. Then, the electrical system is de-  
scribed, including special circuits and components.  
The section ends with a description of the pneumatic  
system.  
Rear flap folding begins with the action of the flap  
folder arm. As this arm moves downward, an associ-  
ated limit switch actuates an output from the control-  
ler which causes the rear flap folder to move down,  
folding the rear flap of the box inward.  
5-2. Operation Summary  
The 800rf case sealer runs in three separate modes of  
operation: Random, Fixed, and Bypass. These  
operating modes are described in the following  
subsections.  
The timing for the side belt drive motors to start  
depends on whether the box is short or long. For a  
short box (second photocell not blocked), the drive  
motors are delayed momentarily to allow the rear flap  
to be folded and then the motors turn on. For a long  
box (second photocell blocked), the side belt drive  
motors turn on first and then the rear flap is folded  
when the box clears the second photocell.  
5-2-1. Random Mode  
When a box enters and passes through the case sealer,  
it passes six photocells in sequence. As the box clears  
the light path of the first photocell, the infeed gate  
moves up to prevent the entry of the next box. A pair  
of centering rails then move inward to center the box  
on the infeed rollers.  
The side belt drive assemblies move the box toward  
the taping heads. As the box moves forward, the side  
flaps are folded inward and then held in position by  
compression rollers. The box passes between the  
taping heads and a C-clip of tape is applied to the top  
and bottom center seams of the box.  
Infeed drive rollers move the box past a second  
photocell which senses the presence of the box to  
subsequently control the timing of the side belt  
restart circuit.  
The box continues to move, blocking the light path of  
the third photocell. This causes the side belt drive  
assemblies to move inward and press against the sides  
of the box. The counter adds 1 to the cycle count, and  
the box is carried forward, blocking the light path of  
the fourth photocell. The side belt drive motors turn  
off, and the box stops at the fork beneath the head  
assembly.  
As the box exits the case sealer, it clears the light  
path of the fifth photocell and the controller “homes”  
the case sealer, preparing it for the next box. At this  
time, the flap folder arm and rear flap folder move up,  
the side belt drive assemblies move out, the paddle  
moves down, and the upper head assembly raises and  
locks in the up position.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
During normal operation, as the box exits the case  
sealer it blocks the light path of the sixth photocell  
momentarily. When the box clears this light path, the  
controller allows the next box to enter the machine.  
5-3. Sequence Tables  
The sequence tables list specific events, and give the  
order in which the events occur as a box passes  
through the machine. Table 5-1 is the sequence table  
for Random mode, Table 5-2 is for Fixed mode, and  
Table 5-3 is for Bypass mode.  
If cartons accumulate on the customer’s exit con-  
veyor, a box may be blocked and unable to exit the  
case sealer, or a box may be pushed back into the  
machine. In either case, the light path of the sixth  
photocell is blocked. If it remains blocked for more  
than a few seconds, the infeed gate stays up and the  
rollers stop, preventing more boxes from being fed  
into the case sealer until the blockage is removed.  
The table column headings are described below:  
SEQUENCE  
This column lists the initial operating conditions, the  
events that occur when the RESET button is pressed,  
the condition that initiates each program step, and the  
events that occur during each program step.  
5-2-2. Fixed Mode  
PLC  
Use Fixed mode to run boxes through the machine  
that are all the same height. The upper head assembly  
stays down and is locked in the position determined  
by the first box run through the machine in Fixed  
mode.  
This column shows whether the Programmable Logic  
Controller (PLC) output is latched (PLC output ON)  
or unlatched (PLC output OFF). An X in this column  
means the PLC output is ON only for the current step.  
VALVE  
The Fixed mode flap folding and box taping pro-  
cesses operate the same as in Random mode. How-  
ever, the side belt drive assemblies move out at the  
beginning of the cycle rather than at the end of the  
cycle. This allows the infeed gate to move down and  
admit the next box before the previous box has left  
the side belt drive assemblies.  
This column shows the solenoid valve associated  
with an event. Solenoid valves are either actuated  
(PLC output ON) or deactuated (PLC output OFF).  
Refer to the 800rf Pneumatic Diagram in Section 5-  
5, Pneumatic System.  
ACTION  
This column shows the action associated with an  
event. For example, an assembly moving in or out.  
The time saved by entering the next box early and by  
not raising and lowering the upper head assembly  
speed up the throughput of the machine.  
OUTPUT  
This column shows the PLC output associated with  
an event. PLC outputs shown in bold font are ON  
(+24 VDC); PLC outputs with a minus sign and  
regular font are OFF (0 VDC). Refer to the 800rf  
Electrical Schematic in Section 5-4, Electrical  
System.  
5-2-3. Bypass Mode  
Use Bypass mode to run boxes through the machine  
without folding the upper flaps or taping them;  
however, the bottom of the box will be taped. The  
upper head assembly remains fully raised. In Bypass  
mode, the infeed gate and side belt drive assemblies  
operate the same as in Random mode.  
INPUT  
This column shows the PLC input associated with an  
event. PLC inputs shown in bold font are ON (+24  
VDC); PLC inputs with a minus sign and regular font  
are OFF (0 VDC). Refer to the 800rf Electrical  
Schematic in Section 5-4, Electrical System.  
5-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table 5-1. Sequence Table – Random Mode  
SEQUENCE – RANDOM MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT  
INPUT  
IF AIR IS ON  
15  
POWER IS ON  
POWER LIGHT IS ON  
GUARDS ARE CLOSED  
E-STOP BUTTONS ARE OFF  
THEN PRESS RESET BUTTON  
TURN ON  
3
3
2
RESET SEQUENCE  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
SIDE DRIVE BELT MOTORS  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
CENTERING RAILS  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
PADDLE  
FORK  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
X
TURN OFF  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
TURN OFF  
MOVE OUT  
MOVE OUT  
MOVES DOWN  
MOVES DOWN  
UNLOCK  
–12  
–1  
–3  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–6  
–7  
8
V8  
V5  
V6  
V7  
V11  
V1  
V4  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
UPPER PORT  
LOWER PORT  
X
X
VENTED  
VENTED  
10  
9
V3  
FOLDER ARM  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
V9  
V10  
V2  
MOVES UP  
MOVES UP  
UNLOCK  
NONE  
NONE  
–2  
–11  
–0  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
HEAD UP REED SWITCH IS MADE  
LOW AIR PRESSURE SWWITCH  
11  
15  
LATCH  
IF STOP BUTTON IS PUSHED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 0  
0
STEP 0  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
SIDE DRIVE BELT MOTORS  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
LOW AIR PRESSSURE SWITCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
TURN OFF  
NONE  
–12  
–1  
–3  
V8  
–3  
-15  
RANDOM MODE NOTES:  
1. NARROW BOX REED SWITCH – IF REED SWITCH IS MADE ON ANY STEP,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
2. MOTOR OVERLOAD – IF ANY OVERLOAD CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPS,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
3. CYCLE TIMER – IF CYCLE TIMER TIMES OUT,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
4. LATCH – PLC OUTPUT ON UNTIL UNLATCHED.  
5. X – PLC OUTPUT ON FOR CURRENT STEP ONLY.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table 5-1. Sequence Table – Random Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – RANDOM MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT  
INPUT  
IF START BUTTON IS PUSHED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 1  
1
STEP 1  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
INFEED GATE  
LATCH  
LATCH (a)  
TURN ON  
MOVES DOWN  
12  
3
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
FORK  
SIDE BELT DRIVE MOTORS  
IF PHOTOCELL PC1 IS BLOCKED  
STEP 2  
LATCH (a)  
LATCH  
LATCH  
TURN ON  
MOVES UP  
TURN ON  
3
7
1
V11  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 2  
4
IF PHOTOCELL PC1 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 3  
–4  
STEP 3  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
UNLATCH  
V8  
V5  
MOVES UP  
–3  
UNLATCH  
LATCH  
TURN OFF  
MOVE IN  
–3  
4
CENTERING RAILS  
START T1 (0.8 SEC)  
T1 TIMED OUT  
CENTERING RAILS  
UNLATCH  
V5  
MOVE OUT  
–4  
IF PHOTOCELL PC3 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 4  
6
STEP 4  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
BOX COUNTER  
UPPER PORT  
LATCH  
LATCH  
X
V6  
V4  
MOVE IN  
COUNT UP 1  
VENTED  
5
5
10  
FASST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS) UNLATCH (b)  
TURN OFF  
12  
IF PHOTOCELL PC4 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 5  
7
STEP 5  
START T6 (0.0 SEC)  
T6 TIMED OUT  
NONE  
SIDE DRIVE MOTORS  
UPPER PORT  
LOWER PORT  
UNLATCH  
X
X (a)  
TURN OFF  
VENTED  
VENTED  
NONE  
–1  
10  
9
V4  
V3  
START T2 (0.2 SEC)  
(a) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC6 IS CLEAR.  
(b) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC4 IS BLOCKED.  
5-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table 5-1. Sequence Table – Random Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – RANDOM MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT INPUT  
IF T2 TIMED OUT  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 6  
STEP 6  
UPPER PORT  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
LOWER PORT  
X
X (a)  
X (a)  
LATCH  
V4  
V1  
V3  
V2  
VENTED  
UNLOCK  
VENTED  
TURN ON  
10  
8
9
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
0
IF PADDLE SWITCH IS MADE  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 7  
10  
STEP 7  
PADDLE  
FORK  
START T3 (1.0 SEC) & T7 (1.5 SEC)  
START T11 (0.1 SEC)  
T11 TIMED OUT  
T3 TIMED OUT  
LATCH  
UNLATCH  
V7  
V11  
MOVES UP  
MOVES DOWN  
NONE  
6
–7  
NONE  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
T7 TIMED OUT  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
START T8 (0.5 SEC)  
LATCH  
V1  
V1  
UNLOCK  
LOCK  
8
UNLATCH  
–8  
IF PHOTOCELL PC2 IS BLOCKED  
OR NOT BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 8  
STEP 8  
IF PHOTOCELL PC2 IS NOT  
BLOCKED (SHORT BOX)  
FOLDER ARM  
LATCH  
V9  
MOVES DOWN  
2
FOLDER ARM REED SWITCH  
IS MADE  
16  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
T8 TIMED OUT  
SIDE DRIVE MOTORS  
IF PHOTOCELL PC2 IS BLOCKED  
(LONG BOX)  
LATCH  
LATCH  
V10  
MOVES DOWN  
TURN ON  
11  
1
SIDE DRIVE MOTORS  
PHOTOCELL PC2 IS CLEARED  
FOLDER ARM  
LATCH  
LATCH  
TURN ON  
1
2
V9  
MOVES DOWN  
FOLDER ARM REED SWITCH  
IS MADE  
16  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
LATCH  
V10  
MOVES DOWN  
11  
(a) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC6 IS CLEAR.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table 5-1. Sequence Table – Random Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – RANDOM MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT  
INPUT  
IF PHOTOCELL PC5 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 9  
8
STEP 9  
FOLDER ARM  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
V9  
V10  
V2  
MOVES UP  
MOVES UP  
UNLOCK  
–2  
–11  
–0  
IF PHOTOCELL PC5 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 10  
–8  
STEP 10  
START T4 (0.2 SEC)  
IF T4 TIMED OUT  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 11  
STEP 11  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
PADDLE  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
START T24 (0.1 SEC)  
T24 TIMED OUT  
UPPER PORT  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
LATCH  
V6  
V7  
V1  
MOVE OUT  
MOVES DOWN  
UNLOCK  
–5  
–6  
8
LATCH  
V4  
VENTED  
(HEAD RAISES)  
10  
IF HEAD UP REED SWITCH IS MADE  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 12  
11  
STEP 12  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
START T12 (0.1 SEC)  
T12 TIMED OUT  
UPPER PORT  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
V1  
V4  
LOCK  
NONE  
–8  
PRESSURE  
–10  
RETURN TO STEP 1  
5-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table 5-2. Sequence Table – Fixed Mode  
SEQUENCE – FIXED MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT  
INPUT  
IFAIR IS ON  
15  
POWER IS ON  
POWER LIGHT IS ON  
GUARDS ARE CLOSED  
E-STOP BUTTONS ARE OFF  
THEN PRESS RESET BUTTON  
TURN ON  
3
3
2
RESET SEQUENCE  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
SIDE DRIVE BELT MOTORS  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
CENTERING RAILS  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
PADDLE  
FORK  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
X
TURN OFF  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
TURN OFF  
MOVE OUT  
MOVE OUT  
MOVES DOWN  
MOVES DOWN  
UNLOCK  
–12  
–1  
–3  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–6  
–7  
8
V8  
V5  
V6  
V7  
V11  
V1  
V4  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
UPPER PORT  
LOWER PORT  
X
X
VENTED  
VENTED  
10  
9
V3  
FOLDER ARM  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
V9  
V10  
V2  
MOVES UP  
MOVES UP  
UNLOCK  
NONE  
NONE  
–2  
–11  
–0  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
HEAD UP REED SWITCH IS MADE  
LOW AIR PRSESSURE SWITCH  
11  
15  
LATCH  
IF STOP BUTTON IS PUSHED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 0  
0
STEP 0  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
SIDE DRIVE BELT MOTORS  
INFEED GATE  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
–12  
–1  
–3  
V8  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
LOW AIR PRESSSURE SWITCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
NONE  
–3  
15  
FIXED MODE NOTES:  
1. NARROW BOX REED SWITCH – IF REED SWITCH IS MADE ON ANY STEP,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
2. MOTOR OVERLOAD – IF ANY OVERLOAD CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPS,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
3. CYCLE TIMER – IF CYCLE TIMER TIMES OUT,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
4. LATCH – PLC OUTPUT ON UNTIL UNLATCHED.  
5. X – PLC OUTPUT ON FOR CURRENT STEP ONLY.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table 5-2. Sequence Table – Fixed Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – FIXED MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT INPUT  
IF START BUTTON IS PUSHED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 1  
1
STEP 1  
START T23 (0.4 SEC.)  
T23 TIMED OUT  
NONE  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
INFEED GATE  
UNLATCH  
LATCH  
LATCH  
V6  
MOVE OUT  
TURN ON  
MOVES DOWN  
–5  
12  
3
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
FORK  
LATCH  
LATCH  
LATCH  
TURN ON  
MOVES UP  
TURN ON  
3
7
1
V11  
SIDE BELT DRIVE MOTORS  
IF PHOTOCELL PC1 IS BLOCKED  
STEP 2  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 2  
4
IF PHOTOCELL PC1 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 3  
–4  
STEP 3  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
CENTERING RAILS  
START T1 (0.8 SEC)  
T1 TIMED OUT  
UNLATCH  
V8  
V5  
V5  
MOVES UP  
–3  
UNLATCH  
LATCH  
TURN OFF  
MOVE IN  
–3  
4
CENTERING RAILS  
UNLATCH  
MOVE OUT  
–4  
IF PHOTOCELL PC3 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 4  
6
STEP 4  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
BOX COUNTER  
PADDLE  
START T9 (0.6 SEC)  
FAST INFEEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
LATCH  
LATCH  
UNLATCH  
V6  
V7  
MOVE IN  
5
5
–6  
COUNT UP 1  
MOVES DOWN  
NONE  
UNLATCH (b)  
(a)  
TURN OFF  
12  
IF PHOTOCELL PC4 IS BLOCKED  
AND T9 TIMED OUT  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 5  
7
STEP 5  
START T6 (0.0 SEC)  
T6 TIMED OUT  
SIDE DRIVE MOTORS  
START T2 (0.2 SEC)  
NONE  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
NONE  
–1  
(a) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC6 IS CLEAR.  
(b) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC4 IS BLOCKED.  
5-8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table 5-2. Sequence Table – Fixed Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – FIXED MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT  
INPUT  
IF T2 TIMED OUT  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 6  
STEP 6  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
START T5 (15.0 SEC), CYCLE  
TIMER  
LATCH  
V2  
TURN ON  
NONE  
0
IF PADDLE SWITCH IS MADE  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 7  
10  
STEP 7  
FORK  
START T8 (0.5 SEC)  
UNLATCH  
V11  
MOVES DOWN  
NONE  
–7  
IF PHOTOCELL PC2 IS BLOCKED OR  
NOT BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 8  
STEP 8  
IF PHOTOCELL PC2 IS NOT  
BLOCKED (SHORT BOX)  
FOLDER ARM  
LATCH  
V9  
MOVES DOWN  
2
FOLDER ARM REED SWITCH  
IS MADE  
16  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
T8 TIMED OUT  
SIDE DRIVE MOTORS  
LATCH  
LATCH  
V10  
MOVES DOWN  
TURN ON  
11  
1
IF PHOTOCELL PC2 IS BLOCKED  
AND T8 TIMED OUT (LONG BOX)  
SIDE DRIVE MOTORS  
PHOTOCELL PC2 IS CLEARED  
FOLDER ARM  
LATCH  
LATCH  
TURN ON  
1
2
V9  
MOVES DOWN  
FOLDER ARM REED SWITCH  
IS MADE  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
16  
8
LATCH  
V10  
MOVES DOWN  
11  
IF PHOTOCELL PC5 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 9  
STEP 9  
FOLDER ARM  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
V9  
V10  
V2  
MOVES UP  
MOVES UP  
UNLOCK  
–2  
–11  
–0  
IF PHOTOCELL PC5 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 10  
–8  
STEP 10  
PADDLE  
LATCH  
V7  
MOVES UP  
6
RETURN TO STEP 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
5-10  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table 5-3. Sequence Table – Bypass Mode  
SEQUENCE – BYPASS MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT  
INPUT  
IFAIR IS ON  
15  
POWER IS ON  
POWER LIGHT IS ON  
GUARDS ARE CLOSED  
E-STOP BUTTONS ARE OFF  
THEN PRESS RESET BUTTON  
TURN ON  
3
3
2
RESET SEQUENCE  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
SIDE DRIVE BELT MOTORS  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
CENTERING RAILS  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
PADDLE  
FORK  
UPPER HEAD BRAKES  
UPPER PORT  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
X
TURN OFF  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
TURN OFF  
MOVE OUT  
MOVE OUT  
MOVES DOWN  
MOVES DOWN  
UNLOCK  
–12  
–1  
–3  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–6  
–7  
8
This page intentionally left blank.  
V8  
V5  
V6  
V7  
V11  
V1  
V4  
X
X
VENTED  
VENTED  
10  
9
LOWER PORT  
V3  
FOLDER ARM  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
V9  
V10  
V2  
MOVES UP  
MOVES UP  
UNLOCK  
NONE  
NONE  
–2  
–11  
–0  
REAR FLAP FOLDER  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
HEAD UP REED SWITCH IS MADE  
LOW AIR PRESSSURE SWITCH  
11  
15  
LATCH  
IF STOP BUTTON IS PUSHED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 0  
0
STEP 0  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
SIDE DRIVE BELT MOTORS  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
PADDLE  
FORK  
LOW AIR PRESSSURE SWITCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
–12  
–1  
–3  
V8  
UNLATCH  
LATCH  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
MOVES UP  
MOVES DOWN  
NONE  
–3  
6
–7  
V7  
V11  
15  
BYPASS MODE NOTES:  
1. NARROW BOX REED SWITCH – IF REED SWITCH IS MADE ON ANY STEP,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
2. MOTOR OVERLOAD – IF ANY OVERLOAD CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPS,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
3. CYCLE TIMER – IF CYCLE TIMER TIMES OUT,  
ALL OUTPUTS ARE TURNED OFF AND PROGRAM RETURNS TO STEP 0.  
4. LATCH – PLC OUTPUT ON UNTIL UNLATCHED.  
5. X – PLC OUTPUT ON FOR CURRENT STEP ONLY.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Table 5-3. Sequence Table – Bypass Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – BYPASS MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT INPUT  
IF START BUTTON IS PUSHED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 1  
1
STEP 1  
FAST INFEED MOTOR (ROLLERS) LATCH  
TURN ON  
MOVES DOWN  
12  
3
INFEED GATE  
LATCH (a)  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
LATCH (a)  
LATCH  
TURN ON  
TURN ON  
3
1
SIDE BELT DRIVE MOTORS  
IF PHOTOCELL PC1 IS BLOCKED  
STEP 2  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 2  
4
IF PHOTOCELL PC1 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 3  
–4  
STEP 3  
INFEED GATE  
SLOW INFEED MOTOR  
(ROLLERS)  
CENTERING RAILS  
START T1 (0.8 SEC)  
T1 TIMED OUT  
UNLATCH  
V8  
V5  
V5  
MOVES UP  
–3  
UNLATCH  
LATCH  
TURN OFF  
MOVE IN  
–3  
4
CENTERING RAILS  
UNLATCH  
MOVE OUT  
–4  
IF PHOTOCELL PC3 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 4  
6
STEP 4  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
BOX COUNTER  
UPPER PORT  
LATCH  
LATCH  
X
V6  
V4  
MOVE IN  
COUNT UP 1  
VENTED  
NONE  
5
5
10  
START T9 (0.6 SEC)  
FAST INFEEED MOTOR (ROLLERS)  
UNLATCH (b)  
TURN OFF  
12  
IF PHOTOCELL PC4 IS BLOCKED  
AND T9 TIMED OUT  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 5  
7
STEP 5  
START T6 (0.0 SEC)  
T6 TIMED OUT  
START T2 (0.2 SEC)  
NONE  
NONE  
(a) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC6 IS CLEAR.  
(b) ONLY IF PHOTOCELL PC4 IS BLOCKED.  
5-12  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Table 5-3. Sequence Table – Bypass Mode (continued)  
SEQUENCE – BYPASS MODE  
PLC  
VALVE  
ACTION  
OUTPUT INPUT  
IF T2 TIMED OUT AND PHOTOCELL  
PC6 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 6  
STEP 6  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
LATCH  
V2  
TURN ON  
NONE  
0
START T5 (15.0 SEC), CYCLE  
TIMER  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 7  
STEP 7  
START T3 (1.0 SEC) & T7 (1.5 SEC)  
START T8 (0.5 SEC)  
NONE  
NONE  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 8  
STEP 8  
IF PHOTOCELL PC5 IS BLOCKED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 9  
8
STEP 9  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLY LOCKS  
UNLATCH  
V2  
UNLOCK  
–0  
IF PHOTOCELL PC5 IS CLEARED  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 10  
–8  
STEP 10  
START T4 (0.2 SEC)  
IF T4 TIMED OUT  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 11  
STEP 11  
SIDE BELT DRIVE MOTORS  
SIDE DRIVE ASSEMBLIES  
UNLATCH  
UNLATCH  
TURN OFF  
MOVE OUT  
–1  
–5  
V6  
PROGRAM GOES  
TO STEP 12  
STEP 12  
RETURN TO STEP 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
5-4. Electrical System  
In addition, +24 VDC is used as direct signal input to  
the controller via the STOP switch (PLC IN 0),  
START switch (PLC IN 1), RESET switch (PLC IN  
2), E-Stop/Guard Door switches (PLC IN 3), FIXED  
mode switch (PLC IN 13), BYPASS mode switch  
(PLC IN 14), Low Air Pressure switch SU2 (PLC IN  
15), and the Overload Circuit Breakers OL1, OL2,  
OL3, and OL4 (PLC IN 17).  
When reading about the electrical system, refer to the  
800rf Electrical Schematic in Subsection 5-4-3.  
5-4-1. Power Distribution  
The Main Disconnect switch DISC 1 controls  
3-phase, 208 – 240 VAC to the 800rf case sealer.  
Turning DISC 1 ON applies 3-phase, 208 – 240 VAC  
to the 1-3-5 contacts of the Overload Circuit Breakers  
OL3 and OL4 which feed the 1-3-5 contacts of the  
Motor Control Relays K2 and K4. These breakers  
provide protection for the infeed drive motors. The  
Infeed Drive Motors #1 and #2 do not receive power  
until later, when the controller energizes Motor  
Control Relays K2 (PLC OUT 3) and K4  
The ALARM BEACON (top of machine) and FAULT  
lamp (Electrical Control Panel) light when the  
controller detects a machine error and energizes  
Alarm Relay K5 (PLC OUT 13).  
5-4-2. Special Circuits/Components  
Programmable Logic Controller  
(PLC OUT 12).  
The Allen-Bradley SLC 500™ contained in the  
Model 800rf Type 39800 Case Sealer is a Program-  
mable Logic Controller (PLC). A PLC processes  
binary (one - zero, on - off, high - low) input signals  
to produce output (control) signals which directly  
influence electrical or mechanical processes, opera-  
tions, or sequences.  
Turning DISC 1 ON also applies 3-phase, 208 – 240  
VAC to the 1-3-5 contacts of the Motor Control Relay  
K1 which feeds the 1-3-5 contacts of the Overload  
Circuit Breakers OL1 and OL2. These breakers  
provide protection for the side belt drive motors,  
which do not receive power until later when the  
controller energizes Motor Control Relay K1  
(PLC OUT 1).  
In the 800rf, the PLC controls the drive motors and  
all pneumatic components to ensure that all of the  
steps in the case sealing sequence occur in the correct  
order, with event timing coordinated with case length.  
Single-phase, 208 – 240 VAC is applied to the Omron  
power supply. The power supply output is +24 VDC  
which is used to energize the POWER lamp and  
supply power to terminal VDC 4 on the PLC, the  
Guard Door Interlocks GRD1, GRD2, GRD3, and  
GRD4, the rear and front E-Stop switches, and  
auxiliary contacts of the Overload Circuit Breakers  
OL1, OL2, OL3, and OL4.  
ü Note  
Refer to the PLC Addendum at the back of this  
manual for more PLC-related information.  
Limit Switches  
The POWER lamp, located on the Electrical Control  
Panel, lights to show that +24 VDC is present.  
The limit switches used in the 800rf are air cylinder-  
mounted, reed switches that are powered by +24  
VDC. They magnetically sense the presence of the  
cylinder’s internal piston base. When non-activated,  
the limit switch output is low (0 V). When activated,  
by the presence of the cylinder piston, the limit  
switch output is high (+24 VDC)  
Pressing the RESET switch energizes the Master  
Control Relay K3 which provides +24 VDC power  
for operation of all photocells and reed switches, the  
Main Air Solenoid SV0, and terminals VDC 1, VDC  
2, and VDC 3 on the PLC  
5-14  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Photocells  
E-Stop/Guard Door Switches  
Six photocells positioned along the left side (front) of  
the case sealer detect the presence of boxes as they  
pass through the case sealer. Each photocell emits  
infrared light that is normally reflected back to the  
photocell from a reflector on the right side (rear) of  
the case sealer. In their light-sensing condition, the  
photocells provide a low (0 V) input to their respec-  
tive PLC inputs. When a moving box blocks a  
This circuit consists of six switches connected in  
series; the four Guard Door Interlocks GRD1, GRD2,  
GRD3, and GRD4, and two E-Stop switches. These  
switches are all normally closed, presenting a +24  
VDC “enable” signal to PLC input IN 3. If any of  
these switches open, +24 VDC is removed from the  
Master Control Relay K3 and PLC IN 3, causing the  
PLC to stop all case sealer operations.  
photocell light path, the photocell output to the PLC  
becomes +24 VDC, signaling the box’s presence.  
A Guard Door Interlock switch opens whenever its  
corresponding safety door is opened.  
Motor Control Circuits  
One E-Stop switch is mounted on the rear main  
frame of the case sealer; the other E-Stop switch is  
mounted on the Electrical Control Panel. The E-  
Stop switches are red latching push-button switches  
easily operated from either side of the case sealer.  
There are two motor control circuits in the 800rf: one  
for the infeed drive motors, and one for the side belt  
drive motors.  
The infeed drive motor control circuit consists of the  
Motor Control Relays K2 and K4 and the Overload  
Circuit Breakers OL3 and OL4 and their related  
auxiliary contacts. Energizing K2 and K4 closes their  
contacts, providing AC (through the OL3 and OL4  
contacts) to the infeed drive motors. The OL3 and  
OL4 circuit breakers protect the infeed drive motors  
from burnout due to overload conditions. If an  
overload condition occurs in either motor, all of the  
motor-related OL3 or OL4 contacts actuate. The  
contacts in series with the motor open to remove  
drive AC.  
When either E-Stop switch is pressed, it latches in  
the down (open) position and the case sealer cannot  
be restarted until the switch is unlatched (closed) by  
turning the red latching push-button switch clock-  
wise and releasing it.  
STOP Switch  
The STOP switch S1, located on the Electrical  
Control Panel, is normally closed, presenting a +24  
VDC “enable” signal to PLC input IN 0. Pressing the  
STOP switch removes +24 VDC from PLC input IN  
0, causing the PLC to stop case sealer operations and  
return the case sealer to its “home” condition.  
The side belt drive motor control circuit consists of  
the Motor Control Relay K1 and the Overload Circuit  
Breakers OL1 and OL2 and their related auxiliary  
contacts. Energizing K1 closes its contacts, providing  
AC (through the OL1 and OL2 contacts) to the side  
belt drive motors. The OL1 and OL2 circuit breakers  
protect the side belt drive motors from burnout due to  
overload conditions. If an overload condition occurs  
in either motor, all of the motor-related OL1 or OL2  
contacts actuate. The contacts in series with the  
motor open to remove drive AC.  
Overload Circuit Breakers OL1, OL2, OL3, and OL4  
can be adjusted to actuate at different current settings  
within their 1-amp to 1.6-amp operating range.  
Normally, they are set at 1.4 amp.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
1-1-3. Electrical Schematic  
The 800rf Electrical Schematic is shown on three  
pages, which are labeled 1 of 3, 2 of 3, and 3 of 3.  
The first page contains the power distribution and  
motor control circuits, the safety interlocks, and the  
fault indicators. The second page contains inputs to  
the PLC, such as photocells, reed switches, and other  
switches. The third page contains outputs from the  
PLC which control the solenoid valves, control  
relays, E-STOP and RUN lamps, and the box counter.  
Table 5-4 lists the electrical components shown on  
the schematic and provides other information such as  
the manufacturer and part number.  
Table 5-4. Electrical Components  
Manufacturer  
Component  
Main Disconnect Switch  
Overload Circuit Breaker  
DISC 1, Sprecher+Schuh LA2-16  
OL1 – OL4, Allen-Bradley CAT-140-MN-0160,  
Sprecher+Schuh KT3-25-PA-11 (Auxiliary Contacts)  
Drive Motors  
Coel H63A4  
Control Relays  
K1 – K4, Sprecher+Schuh CA4-5C-10  
F1 – F3, Little Fuse CCMR-10  
F4, F5, Little Fuse KLDR-3  
Fuse 10A  
Fuse 3A  
Power Supply  
Omron S82J-6024  
Alarm Relay  
K5, Nais HC4-H-DC24V  
Guard Door Interlocks  
Latching E-Stop Switches  
Indicator Lamps  
GRD1 – GRD4, Bernstein SK-U1ZM  
Allen-Bradley 800EM-LMJP24  
Allen-Bradley 800EQ-PXXX  
SV0, SMC SY7120-5D2-02T  
SV1 – SV11, SMC 5Y5140-5FU  
PLC, Allen-Bradley SLC 500 1747-L40F  
PC1 – PC6, Omron E3F2-R2B4-P1  
CRM, SU1, Allen-Bradley 199FSM21  
PS1/SU2, SMC, IS 1000 F01X201  
Omron H7GP-CD  
Main Air Solenoid Valve  
Solenoid Valves  
Programmable Logic Controller  
Photocells  
Control, Residual Magnetism  
Low Air Pressure Switch  
Carton Counter  
Reed Switches  
RS1 – RS4, SMC DC73C-75 or SMC D-A57  
S1 – S3, S4A and S4B, Allen-Bradley 800-3X  
Function Switches  
5-16  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
5-18  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Theory of Operation  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Theory of Operation  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
At the Centering Rails valve V5, air is supplied from  
the Box Centering Pressure Regulator through the  
valve to the rod end of the Centering Rails Cylinder  
causing it to retract. The centering rails move out.  
5.5  
Pneumatic System  
When reading about the pneumatic system, refer to  
the 800rf Pneumatic Diagram on the next page.  
The main feature of the pneumatic system used in the  
800rf case sealer is that all of the directional control  
valves are solenoid-operated. Each solenoid receives  
operating voltages of either +24 VDC to energize it  
or 0 VDC to de-energize it. These voltages come  
from the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)  
located in the Electrical Control Panel. Whenever a  
controller output is active  
At the Side Drive Belts valve V6, air is supplied from  
the Side Belt Pressure Regulator through the valve to  
the rod end of the Side Drive Belts Cylinder causing  
it to retract. The side drive belts move out.  
At the Paddle valve V7, air is supplied from the  
Paddle Pressure Regulator through the valve to the  
rod end of the Paddle Cylinder causing it to retract.  
The paddle moves down.  
(at +24 VDC), an output-associated light emitting  
diode (LED) lights to show that the solenoid is  
energized and the valve is active.  
At the Infeed Gate valve V8, air is supplied from the  
manifold through the valve to the cap end of the  
Infeed Gate Cylinder causing it to extend. The infeed  
gate moves up.  
Valves V0 through V11 are 5-way, 2-position valves.  
Facility compressed air of 95 – 100 PSIG minimum is  
applied to the air fitting on the front of the case sealer  
near the exit end. An Air On/Off Valve controls the  
air supply to the case sealer. The air is filtered and  
then regulated to 95 – 100 PSIG. Air from the Filter/  
Regulator is supplied to port P of the Main Air valve  
V0. From port A of V0, air is supplied to the main  
manifold, the Air Indicator, the Counter-Balance  
Pressure Regulator, Box Centering Pressure Regula-  
tor, Side Belt Pressure Regulator, and the Paddle  
Pressure Regulator. The air indicator shows red to  
indicate that the air supply is on.  
At the Flap Folder Arm valve V9, air is supplied from  
the manifold through the valve to the cap end of the  
Flap Folder Arm Cylinder causing it to extend. The  
flap folder arm moves up.  
At the Rear Flap Folder valve V10, air is supplied  
from the manifold through the valve to the cap end of  
the Rear Flap Folder Cylinder causing it to extend.  
The rear flap folder itself is retracted back into the  
flap folder arm.  
At the Fork valve V11, air is supplied from the  
manifold through the valve to the rod end of the Fork  
Cylinder causing it to retract. The fork moves down.  
At the Head Brakes valve V1, air is supplied to port P  
and through the valve to blocked port B. The spring  
loaded head brakes remain on.  
ü Note  
Valves V1 through V11 can be manually actuated to  
initiate the operation of other pneumatic components  
within the 800rf case sealer. Refer to Pneumatic  
Component Testing in Section 6, Troubleshooting.  
At the Side Drive Locks valve V2, air is supplied to  
port P and through the valve to blocked port B. The  
side drive assembly locks remain unlocked.  
Air is supplied through the Head Lower Ports valve  
V3 to the cap ends of the Head Assembly Cylinders.  
At the same time, air is supplied from the Counter-  
Balance Pressure Regulator through the Head Upper  
Ports valve V4 to the rod ends of the cylinders. Since  
both ends of the cylinders have pressure and the  
brakes are on, the upper head assembly stays locked  
in the up position.  
5-20  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Troubleshooting  
Table of Contents  
6. Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................. 6-1  
6-1.General ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-1  
6-2.  
6-3.  
6-4.  
Troubleshooting Guide ...................................................................................................................... 6-1  
Pneumatic Component Testing .......................................................................................................... 6-6  
Electrical Circuit Fault Conditions .................................................................................................... 6-8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
6-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
6-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Troubleshooting  
6-1. General  
Read the Theory of Operation in Section 5, so that the operational characteristics of the machine are understood.  
Additionally, refer to Pneumatic Component Testing and Electrical Fault Conditions at the end of this section  
along with the PLC Addendum and its PLC Troubleshooting section.  
6-2. Troubleshooting Guide  
The following Troubleshooting Guide lists some possible machine problems, causes, and corrections.  
Problem  
Cause  
Correction  
The tape is not centered on the case  
seam.  
Cases not centered on conveyor.  
Check/adjust the infeed  
centering function and the side  
belt drive centering linkage.  
Case flaps are not of equal length.  
Tape drum is not centered.  
Electrical disconnect.  
Check case specifications.  
Reposition the tape drum.  
Check power and electrical plug.  
Drive belts do not turn.  
Side belt drive motor overload  
circuit breakers (OL1 or OL2) not  
at correct amperage setting.  
Set to correct amperage.  
(1.4 amps)  
Motor not turning.  
Evaluate problem and correct.  
Drive belt tension too low.  
Adjust Side Belt Tension (refer  
to Section 3).  
Worn rubber drive ring(s).  
Side belt pressure too low.  
Replace ring(s).  
Drive belts do not convey cases.  
Check/adjust Side Belt Pressure  
Regulator at the Pneumatic  
Control Panel to 40 PSIG.  
Worn drive belts.  
Replace drive belts.  
Top flap compression rollers set  
too far inward.  
Reposition compression rollers.  
Tape tension is too high.  
Check threading path, tension  
adjustments, and operation of  
taping head rollers.  
Taping head applying spring  
tension set too high.  
Reduce spring tension.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Problem  
Cause  
Correction  
Box rear flap pulled back out of box. Rear flap folder out of adjustment. Adjust Rear Flap Folder (refer to  
Section 3).  
Flaps not positioned properly  
before entering case sealer.  
Position flaps properly.  
Front of box crushed by upper  
head assembly.  
Paddle is not returning after  
previous box.  
Adjust Paddle Pressure Regulator  
(refer to Section 3).  
Crease marks on upper surface of  
box.  
Upper head assembly is coming  
down too far.  
Adjust Case Top Sensitivity  
(refer to Section 3).  
AdjustCounter-Balance Pressure  
Regulator (refer to Section 3).  
Adjust Upper Head Assembly  
Down/Up Rates (refer to Section 3).  
Box drives to fork, belts stop, head  
doesn’t come down, and no further  
machine operation.  
PC 6 blocked.  
Remove blockage.  
Tape leg on front of case is too long. Tape is threaded incorrectly.  
Tape must go around tension wrap  
roller before going around one-way  
tension roller.  
Tape tension is too low.  
Knurled roller drags.  
Adjust One-Way Tension Roller  
(refer to Section 3).  
Check for adhesive build-up  
between the knurled roller and its shaft. If problem continues, replace  
with new flanged roller  
78-8070-1367-3.  
Tape tracks to one side or drags on Adjust Tape Web Alignment  
support tabs of the applying frame. (refer to Section 3).  
One-way roller is not positioned  
properly.  
Position roller in its mounting slot  
so that tape extends beyond the  
centerline of applying roller.  
Head is not set up properly.  
Check leg length adjustments.  
Replace blade.  
Blade does not cut tape or tape end Blade is dull and/or has broken  
is jagged or shredded.  
teeth.  
(continued)  
Tape tension is not sufficient.  
Adjust one-way roller to increase  
tape tension.  
6-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Troubleshooting  
Problem  
Cause  
Correction  
Blade does not cut tape or tape end Adhesive has built up on blade.  
is jagged or shredded. (continued)  
Clean blade.  
Cutoff force is not sufficient.  
Cutoff blade is dry.  
Install an additional cutoff spring.  
Lubricate blade oiler pad on blade  
guard.  
Blade is not positioned properly.  
See blade replacement procedure in  
the related taping head technical  
manual.  
Top tape not cutting.  
Upper head assembly is not coming Adjust Case Top Sensitivity  
down in contact with top of box.  
(refer to Section 3).  
Adjust Counter-Balance Pressure  
Regulator (refer to Section 3).  
Blade is installed “backwards.”  
Mount blade so its beveled edge is  
in contact with felt oiler pad  
mounted inside the blade guard.  
Cutter spring(s) missing or  
stretched.  
Replace cutter spring(s).  
Bearing side inner surface of one-  
way tension roller is not fully  
contacting the taping head frame.  
Make sure that one-way bearing is  
below surface of tension roller. If  
not, press bearing in farther or  
replace roller.  
Tape is tabbing on trailing leg on Excess tension on tape drum  
Adjust tape drum assembly and/or  
one-way tension roller.  
back of case.  
assembly and/or one-way tension  
roller.  
Rollers in tape path do not rotate  
freely.  
Clean deposits from surface, ends,  
and shafts of rollers. Use 3M  
Natural Cleaner, # 62-4668-2730-0.  
Then use 3M 5-Way Spray  
Lubricant, # 62-4696-2730-1,  
on shafts.  
Blade is not cutting tape properly.  
Tape is threaded incorrectly.  
See tape cut problems in preceding  
panels.  
Rethread tape.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Problem  
Cause  
Correction  
Tape end does not stay in  
application position in front of  
applying roller.  
Tape is threaded incorrectly.  
Rethread tape.  
Flanged knurled roller overruns on  
Adjust one-way tension roller in its  
return of applying mechanism to its mounting slot to lengthen the tape  
rest position.  
leg.  
There should be a slight drag when  
rotating the flanged knurled roller  
due to an internal spring.  
If not, remove and check. Replace  
flanged knurled roller if necessary.  
Applying roller overruns on return  
of applying mechanism to its rest  
position.  
There should be a slight drag when  
rotating the applying roller. If not,  
check friction spring(s) and replace  
if necessary.  
One-way tension roller is not  
positioned correctly.  
Position tension roller in its  
mounting slot so that tape end  
extends beyond the centerline of  
applying roller.  
One-way tension roller is defective. Replace one-way tension roller.  
Tape adheres to itself or machine Tape roll is rotating too freely  
frame. (overtravel).  
Increase tension on friction brake  
tape drum until problem is  
eliminated. Excessive tension may  
cause tape tabbing.  
Tape leg on rear of case is too long. Taping head is not set up properly.  
Cutoff bracket “hangs up.”  
Check tape leg length adjustment.  
Check for and eliminate any  
interference.  
6-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Troubleshooting  
Problem  
Cause  
Correction  
Tape edge folds over, providing an Tape drum is not aligned.  
unsatisfactory seal.  
Adjust Tape Web Alignment  
(refer to Section 3).  
Tape roll is “telescoped.”  
Replace tape roll.  
Tape drum bracket is bent.  
(More likely the lower head when  
the tape drum bracket is attached  
to that tape head.)  
Straighten/replace tape drum  
bracket.  
Leading edge of case is crushed or Applying mechanism spring  
Reduce pressure by removing  
spring end loop from the spring  
holder and placing it in other holes  
provided farther from the hook end  
of the spring holder.  
leading edge of closed flaps is  
folded over.  
tension is too high.  
Tape releases from case while in  
storage.  
Tape or case being used is incorrect. Contact your 3M-Matic servicing  
distributor, 3M sales  
representative, or 3M-Matic  
Helpline (Customer Support  
Center) 1-800-328-1390.  
Generally, if case exits the machine  
with tape correctly applied, the  
machine is not at fault.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
6-3. Pneumatic Component Testing  
ü Note  
Operate the valves one-at-time; deactuate one valve  
before actuating another valve.  
Using the solenoid actuated valves, located in the  
Pneumatic Control Panel, you can manually actuate  
the valves that initiate the operation of other  
pneumatic components within the Model 800rf Case  
Sealer. The valves have a center block actuator button  
that can be used for testing.  
Figure 6-1 shows the locations of the solenoid  
actuated valves within the Pneumatic Control Panel.  
Figure 6-1. Pneumatic Valve Locations  
6-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Troubleshooting  
The following table lists the pneumatic valves and  
describes the function of each valve.  
! Warning  
To avoid injury to yourself or others, never  
actuate a pneumatic valve unless everyone  
is clear of the machine. Also all tools and  
cartons must be away from the machine.  
Valve Number and Name  
Valve Function  
V1 Head Assembly Cylinder Brakes Valve  
(Turns brakes off)  
Initiating the actuator turns the column cylinder brakes  
off. The upper head assembly does not move down due  
to air pressure on the lower ports of the column cylinders.  
V2 Side Drive Assembly Locks Valve  
(Turns brakes on)  
Initiating the actuator turns the brakes on. There is no  
movement of the side drive belt assemblies.  
V3 Head Assembly Cylinders/Lower Ports Valve Initiating the actuator exhausts the lower ports of the  
(Exhausts lower ports)  
column cylinders. The upper head assembly moves down  
ONLY if valve V1 is also actuated.  
V4 Head Assembly Cylinders/Upper Ports Valve Initiating the actuator exhausts the upper ports of the  
(Exhausts upper ports)  
column cylinders. The upper head assembly does not  
move.  
V5 Centering Rails Cylinder Valve  
(Moves rails inward)  
Initiating the actuator moves the centering rails in;  
releasing the actuator moves the centering rails out.  
V6 Side Drive Belts Cylinder Valve  
(Moves assemblies inward)  
Initiating the actuator moves the side drive belt assemblies  
in; releasing the actuator moves the side drive belt  
assemblies out.  
V7 Paddle Cylinder Valve  
(Moves paddle up)  
Initiating the actuator moves the paddle up; releasing the  
actuator moves the paddle down.  
V8 Infeed Box Stop-Gate Cylinder Valve  
(Moves box stop-gate up)  
Initiating the actuator moves the box stop-gate up;  
releasing the actuator moves the box stop-gate down.  
V9 Flap Folder Arm Cylinder Valve  
(Moves arm down)  
Initiating the actuator moves the flap folder arm down;  
releasing the actuator moves the flap folder arm up.  
V10 Rear Flap Folder Cylinder Valve  
(Moves flap folder down)  
Initiating the actuator moves the flap folder down;  
releasing the actuator moves the flap folder up.  
V11 Fork Cylinder Valve  
(Moves fork up)  
Initiating the actuator moves the fork up; releasing the  
actuator moves the fork down.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
6-4. Electrical Circuit Fault Conditions  
ü Note  
The red beacon light turns on for any fault condition  
and remains on until the fault condition is corrected.  
The Model 800rf Case Sealer displays electrical  
circuit fault conditions on the Electrical Control  
Panel with red light indicators along with a red  
beacon light on a light pole.  
The following table lists the red fault indicators that  
light on the Electrical Control Panel. The table also  
describes the fault conditions that may cause the  
indicators to light, and suggests how to correct the  
fault conditions.  
Red Fault Indicator on Panel  
Fault Condition  
One or both E-Stop switches may  
be pressed. One or more sliding  
doors may be open.  
Correction  
E-STOP/SLIDING DOOR  
and FAULT  
Check the E-Stop switches; make sure  
they are unlatched and up.  
Check the sliding doors; make  
sure they are closed.  
FAULT  
Main Air Pressure Regulator set  
too low, or required air pressure  
is not being maintained during  
machine operation.  
Refer to Specifications in Section 1 for  
the correct Main Air Pressure Gauge  
setting.  
Refer to Low Air Pressure Switch in  
Section 3 for the correct adjustment  
procedure.  
FAULT  
FAULT  
Carton jam within the case sealer.  
Remove the carton jam.  
Motor Overload Circuit Breaker  
has tripped.  
Determine the cause of the motor  
overload condition (e.g., carton jam).  
Correct the problem, then reset the  
Overload Circuit Breaker by pressing its  
red STOP/RESET button, and then  
pressing its green START button.  
Refer to Overload Circuit Breaker in  
Section 3 for the correct ampere setting.  
FAULT  
Carton too narrow, less than 5.5  
inches [140 millimeters] wide.  
Refer to Specifications in Section 1 for  
the correct box sizes.  
6-8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Table of Contents  
7. Illustrated Parts Breakdown........................................................................................................................ 7-1  
7-1.How to Order Replacement Parts ............................................................................................................. 7-1  
7-2.Spare Parts ................................................................................................................................................ 7-1  
7-3.Suggested Spare Parts .............................................................................................................................. 7-1  
7-4.Illustrations and Parts Lists ...................................................................................................................... 7-2  
Figure 7-1. 800rf Case Sealer Breakdown ................................................................................. 7-2  
Figure 7-2. Conveyor Frame ...................................................................................................... 7-4  
Figure 7-3. Conveyor Center Bed and Fork ............................................................................... 7-8  
Figure 7-4. Conveyor Bed Rollers ........................................................................................... 7-10  
Figure 7-5. Side Belt Centering................................................................................................ 7-12  
Figure 7-6. Column Assembly.................................................................................................. 7-16  
Figure 7-7. Flap Folder Assembly ............................................................................................ 7-18  
Figure 7-8. Paddle Assembly.................................................................................................... 7-22  
Figure 7-9. Side Belt Rail Assembly ........................................................................................ 7-24  
Figure 7-10. Head Cylinder Assembly ..................................................................................... 7-26  
Figure 7-11. Upper Tape Head Mount...................................................................................... 7-28  
Figure 7-12. Upper Tape Drum Bracket Assembly .................................................................. 7-30  
Figure 7-13. Side Belt and Drive Assemblies .......................................................................... 7-32  
Figure 7-14. Side Belt Drive Pulleys (Detail) .......................................................................... 7-36  
Figure 7-15. Upper Head Conduit Assembly ........................................................................... 7-38  
Figure 7-16. Electrical Control Panel....................................................................................... 7-40  
Figure 7-17. Electrical Control Panel (Detail) ......................................................................... 7-44  
Figure 7-18. Pneumatic Control Panel ..................................................................................... 7-46  
Figure 7-19. Pneumatic Components, #1 ................................................................................. 7-48  
Figure 7-20. Pneumatic Components, #2 ................................................................................. 7-50  
Figure 7-21. Pneumatic Components, #3 ................................................................................. 7-52  
Figure 7-22. Sliding Door Assembly ........................................................................................ 7-56  
Figure 7-23. Infeed Conveyor Frame ....................................................................................... 7-60  
Figure 7-24. Infeed Conveyor Drive Assembly........................................................................ 7-64  
Figure 7-25. Infeed Conveyor Centering Assembly ................................................................. 7-66  
Figure 7-26. Taping Head Assemblies - AccuGlide II STD 2-Inch ...................................... 7-70  
Figure 7-27. Frame Assembly for Upper Head ........................................................................ 7-72  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-28. Applying Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads ................................................ 7-74  
Figure 7-29. Buffing Assembly for Upper Head ...................................................................... 7-76  
Figure 7-30. Link Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads ....................................................... 7-78  
Figure 7-31. Knife Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads ..................................................... 7-80  
Figure 7-32. Tape Drum and Bracket for Upper and Lower Heads ......................................... 7-82  
Figure 7-33. Frame Assembly for Lower Head ........................................................................ 7-84  
Figure 7-34. Buffing Assembly for Lower Head...................................................................... 7-86  
7-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
7. Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
7-1. How to Order Replacement Parts  
1. Refer to the following figures and their related lists of parts on the following pages to determine the  
individual part number and description.  
ü Note  
Complete descriptions have been included for most commercially available components. This will allow the  
customer/service person to obtain parts locally, if this is desired.  
2. Order parts by machine model number, part number, description, and quantity required. (An order form is  
included at the end of this manual section).  
Minimum billing on parts is $25.00. Replacement part prices are available on request.  
3. Replacement parts and part prices are available directly from:  
3M Tape Dispenser Parts  
241 Venture Drive  
Amery, WI 54001-1325  
715/268-8126  
800/344-9883 (Outside WI) FAX# 715/268-8153  
ü Note  
Outside the U.S., contact the local 3M subsidiary for parts order information.  
7-2. Spare Parts  
A number of spare parts are provided with the case sealer that should be replaced periodically due to  
normal wear or breakage. The parts provided are items that should be reordered as they are consumed to  
keep the case sealer in good operating condition:  
Part Number  
Description  
Quantity  
Figure No.  
Item No.  
78-8070-1274-1  
78-8017-9173-8  
78-8052-6602-6  
78-8070-1273-3  
SPRING, Upper (Silver)  
KNIFE, Cutoff  
SPRING, Cutter  
1
2
4
1
7-29  
7-31  
7-31  
7-34  
10  
2
12  
10  
SPRING, Lower (Black)  
These parts are available as a kit. The kit part number is 78-8098-8893-2.  
7-3. Suggested Spare Parts  
In addition to the preceding minimum spare parts, it is suggested that the following items be maintained  
as spare parts.  
Part Number  
Description  
Quantity  
Figure No.  
Item No.  
78-8057-6178-6  
78-8057-6179-4  
78-8054-8841-4  
78-8114-4824-6  
78-8054-8648-3  
78-8052-6713-1  
78-8113-7030-9  
78-8094-6472-6  
ROLLER, Buffing  
ROLLER, Applying  
DRIVE BELT  
PHOTOCELL, E3F2-R2B4-P1-E  
ROLLER, Compression  
RING, Polyurethane, Side Belt Drive  
SPRING, Torsion  
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
7-29  
7-28  
7-13  
7-23  
7-9  
7-14  
7-31  
7-13  
5
15  
55  
39  
8
17  
18  
64  
MOTOR, 200/220V, 50/60 Hz, 3-Phase  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
7-4. Illustrations and Parts Lists  
Figure 7-1. 800rf Case Sealer Breakdown  
7-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-2. Conveyor Frame  
7-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Conveyor Frame  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8588-2 ............ BED ASSEMBLY, Conveyor ....................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8076-5038-3............ LEG ASSEMBLY, Right .............................................................................. 2  
3 ................ 78-8076-5039-1............ LEG ASSEMBLY, Left................................................................................. 2  
4 ................ 78-8076-5040-9............ LEG, Right .................................................................................................... 2  
5 ................ 78-8076-5041-7............ LEG, Left ...................................................................................................... 2  
6 ................ 78-8052-6678-6............ LEG, Inner..................................................................................................... 4  
7 ................ 78-8060-7847-9............ CASTER/100 ................................................................................................ 4  
8 ................ 78-8060-8124-2............ SPACER, Caster ........................................................................................... 4  
9 ................ 78-8060-7699-4............ WASHER/12-45, 5 x 4 ................................................................................. 4  
10 .............. 78-8017-9059-9............ WASHER, Flat for M12 Screw .................................................................... 4  
11 .............. 78-8060-7532-7............ NUT, M12 Self-Locking............................................................................... 4  
12 .............. 78-8052-6680-2............ LABEL, Height............................................................................................. 4  
13 .............. 78-8060-7697-8............ BRACKET, Special ...................................................................................... 4  
14 .............. 78-8052-6677-8............ CLAMP, Inner .............................................................................................. 4  
15 .............. 26-1003-7963-0............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M8 x 16 ....................................................................... 10  
16 .............. 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8 x 20................................................. 39  
17 .............. 78-8119-8525-4 ............ CROSS BAR, Leg w/nutserts ....................................................................... 2  
18 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 21  
19 .............. 78-8076-5043-3............ REINFORCEMENT, Leg ............................................................................. 2  
20 .............. 78-8060-7704-2............ CAP, Plastic, 40 x 40 .................................................................................... 4  
22 .............. 78-8060-7896-6............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 14 ........................................................ 32  
28 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat M6 ..................................................................................... 32  
42 .............. 26-1003-6914-4............ NUT, Plastic Insert M4 ............................................................................... 24  
47 .............. 26-1003-7949-9............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M5 x 12....................................................... 12  
51 .............. 78-8119-8530-4 ............ CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY, Right ................................................................ 1  
52 .............. 78-8119-8531-2 ............ CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY, Left .................................................................. 1  
60 .............. 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 6  
61 .............. 78-8076-5059-9............ STRAP, Wire ................................................................................................ 2  
62 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 4  
63 .............. 78-8060-7630-9............ LOCK, Tube ................................................................................................. 4  
64 .............. 78-8010-7157-8............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 10.......................................................................... 4  
65 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Metric, Plain 4mm Nick. .......................................................... 20  
66 .............. 78-8060-7872-7............ COVER PLUG, Straight ............................................................................... 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Conveyor Frame (Continued)  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
67 .............. 78-8060-7873-5............ PLUG, Female............................................................................................... 2  
68 .............. 78-8028-8208-0............ SCREW, 6P x 9,5 .......................................................................................... 4  
69 .............. 78-8119-8535-3 ............ BRACKET.................................................................................................... 1  
70 .............. 78-8119-8538-7 ............ SUPPORT, Photocell .................................................................................... 1  
71 .............. 78-8119-8536-1 ............ SUPPORT, Photocell .................................................................................... 1  
72 .............. 78-8119-8537-9 ............ SUPPORT, Photocell .................................................................................... 4  
73 .............. 78-8119-8589-0 ............ BRACKET, Photocell, Rear, Left................................................................. 1  
74 .............. 78-8119-8590-8 ............ BRACKET, Photocell, Rear, Right .............................................................. 1  
75 .............. 78-8114-4824-6 ............ PHOTOCELL, OMROM, E3F2, R2B4, P1, E ............................................. 4  
76 .............. 78-8114-4825-3 ............ CONNECTOR, CS, A2, 02, S, 05 ................................................................ 4  
77 .............. 78-8076-5057-3............ REFLECTOR, OMROM, E39-R1................................................................ 4  
78 .............. 83-0002-7336-3............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 14 Zinc. Pl. ........................................................... 8  
79 .............. 78-8010-7416-8............ NUT, Metric, Hex, Steel, M4 ....................................................................... 8  
7-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-3. Conveyor Center Bed and Fork  
7-8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Conveyor Center Bed and Fork  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
15 .............. 26-1003-7963-0............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M8 x 16 ....................................................................... 10  
18 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 21  
21 .............. 78-8076-5060-7............ SUPPORT ..................................................................................................... 2  
22 .............. 78-8060-7896-6............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 14 ........................................................ 32  
23 .............. 78-8060-7712-5............ SHOULDER, Lower, Right .......................................................................... 1  
24 .............. 78-8060-7710-9............ SHOULDER, Lower, Left ............................................................................ 1  
25 .............. 78-8010-7169-3............ SCREW, Metric, M6 x 12, Hex Hd. ........................................................... 16  
26 .............. 78-8060-7714-1............ STRIP ........................................................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8060-7722-4............ SPACER, L=144 ........................................................................................... 2  
28 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat M6 ..................................................................................... 32  
29 .............. 78-8076-5045-8............ FORK............................................................................................................ 1  
30 .............. 78-8060-7718-2............ BUSHING..................................................................................................... 2  
31 .............. 78-8060-7717-4............ SHAFT, Flap Straightener ............................................................................ 1  
32 .............. 78-8060-7721-6............ STUD, Cylinder Mount ................................................................................ 1  
33 .............. 78-8052-6733-9............ RING, Special M10....................................................................................... 4  
34 .............. 78-8057-5748-7............ MOUNT, Cylinder Rod End ......................................................................... 1  
35 .............. 78-8060-7719-0............ SHAFT, 10 x 115 .......................................................................................... 1  
36 .............. 78-8119-8526-2 ............ CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY, Center .............................................................. 1  
37 .............. 78-8076-5051-6............ ROLLER ASSEMBLY, Center ..................................................................... 1  
38 .............. 78-8119-8527-0 ............ SLIDE ASSEMBLY, Center ......................................................................... 1  
39 .............. 78-8119-8528-8 ............ LARGE SLIDE FOR CONVEYOR ............................................................. 1  
40 .............. 78-8119-8529-6 ............ BRACKET, Large Slide ............................................................................... 2  
41 .............. 78-806060-78039257-9-2 SCREW, Phillip Head, M4 x 10RIVET ................................................ 20  
42 .............. 26-1003-6914-4............ NUT, Plastic Insert, M4 .............................................................................. 24  
43 .............. 78-8060-7708-3............ SHAFT, 8 x 92 ............................................................................................ 11  
44 .............. 78-8010-7163-6............ SCREW, Metric, M5 x 10, Hex Hd. ........................................................... 16  
45 .............. 78-8060-7693-7............ ROLLER, 32 x 38....................................................................................... 98  
46 .............. 78-8060-7692-9............ ROLLER, Tappert....................................................................................... 22  
47 .............. 26-1003-7949-9............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M5 x 12....................................................... 12  
48 .............. 78-8076-5052-4............ ROLLER CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY, Right................................................ 1  
49 .............. 78-8076-5053-2............ ROLLER ASSEMBLY, Rear ........................................................................ 1  
50 .............. 78-8060-7706-7............ SHAFT, 8 x 132 ............................................................................................ 5  
80 .............. 78-8060-8460-0............ STUD, 2-inch Bottom Head Mount ............................................................. 4  
81 .............. 78-8055-0745-2............ STUD, 3-inch Bottom Head Mount ............................................................. 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-4. Conveyor Bed Rollers  
7-10  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Conveyor Bed Rollers  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
41 .............. 78-80178060-92577803-92 SCREW, Phillips Head, M4 x 10RIVET .............................................. 20  
42 .............. 26-1003-6914-4............ NUT, Plastic Insert, M4 .............................................................................. 24  
45 .............. 78-8060-7693-7............ ROLLER, 32 x 38 ....................................................................................... 98  
46 .............. 78-8060-7692-9............ ROLLER, Tappert....................................................................................... 22  
51 .............. 78-8119-8530-4 ............ CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY, Right ................................................................ 1  
52 .............. 78-8119-8531-2 ............ CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY, Left .................................................................. 1  
53 .............. 78-8091-0387-8............ CONVEYOR, Right ..................................................................................... 1  
54 .............. 78-8091-0388-6............ CONVEYOR, Left ....................................................................................... 1  
55 .............. 78-8119-8532-0 ............ SLIDE ASSEMBLY, Side............................................................................. 4  
56 .............. 78-8119-8533-8 ............ NARROW SLIDE FOR CONVEYOR ........................................................ 4  
57 .............. 78-8119-8534-6 ............ BRACKET, Narrow Slide ............................................................................ 8  
58 .............. 78-8060-7965-9............ SHAFT, 8 x 120, Hex Hd. .......................................................................... 42  
59 .............. 78-8060-8035-0............ E-RING, 7DIN6799 ................................................................................... 42  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
7-12  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Side Belt Centering  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8114-4867-5 ............ ARM ASSEMBLY, Front, Right .................................................................. 1  
2 ................ 78-8114-4868-3 ............ ARM ASSEMBLY, Front, Left..................................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8114-4869-1 ............ ARM ASSEMBLY, Rear, Right.................................................................... 1  
4 ................ 78-8114-4870-9 ............ ARM ASSEMBLY, Rear, Left ...................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 78-8076-4791-8............ BUSHING..................................................................................................... 8  
6 ................ 78-8060-7534-3............ WASHER ...................................................................................................... 4  
7 ................ 78-8060-7521-0............ LOCK RING................................................................................................. 4  
8 ................ 78-8060-7527-7............ ROD .............................................................................................................. 2  
9 ................ 78-8076-4793-4............ BALL JOINT, KA 10 D................................................................................ 2  
10 .............. 78-8060-7525-1............ NUT, M10, Right, Flat.................................................................................. 2  
11 .............. 78-8076-4794-2............ BALL JOINT, KAL 10 D ............................................................................. 2  
12 .............. 78-8060-7546-7............ NUT, M10, Left, Flat .................................................................................... 2  
13 .............. 78-8076-4796-7............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M10 x 80 ........................................................ 4  
14 .............. 78-8052-6566-3............ WASHER, Friction ..................................................................................... 10  
15 .............. 78-8076-4795-9............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 4  
16 .............. 26-1003-6918-5............ NUT, Plastic Insert, M10 Hex ...................................................................... 5  
17 .............. 78-8060-7518-6............ CHAIN, 3/8-inch, 60 Pitch Long .................................................................. 1  
18 .............. 78-8054-8777-0............ CHAIN, 3/8-inch Pitch, 41 Pitch Long ........................................................ 1  
19 .............. 78-8054-8787-9............ LINK, Chain ................................................................................................. 2  
20 .............. 78-8054-8783-8............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 2  
21 .............. 78-8060-7519-4............ SCREW, M3 x 25 ......................................................................................... 1  
22 .............. 78-8059-5517-2............ NUT, Self-Locking, M3, Zinc. Pl. ................................................................ 4  
23 .............. 78-8054-8784-6............ BLOCK, Chain ............................................................................................. 1  
24 .............. 78-8056-3945-3............ E-RING, M4.................................................................................................. 2  
25 .............. 78-8054-8786-1............ CONNECTOR, Chain .................................................................................. 2  
26 .............. 78-8054-8788-7............ CONNECTOR, Chain .................................................................................. 1  
27 .............. 78-8054-8785-3............ ROD, Threaded Right/Left ........................................................................... 2  
28 .............. 78-8010-7418-4............ NUT, Metric, Hex, Stl., M6 .......................................................................... 2  
29 .............. 78-8060-7520-2............ SCREW, M3 x 20 ......................................................................................... 3  
30 .............. 78-8114-5093-7 ............ STUD, Cylinder ............................................................................................ 1  
31 .............. 78-8017-9059-9............ WASHER, Flat for M12 Screw .................................................................... 1  
32 .............. 78-8060-7532-7............ NUT, Self-Locking, M12.............................................................................. 1  
33 .............. 78-8114-5094-5 ............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Side Belt Centering (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
34 .............. 78-8060-7533-5............ LOCK RING................................................................................................. 2  
35 .............. 78-8114-5095-2 ............ BUSHING, Cylinder ..................................................................................... 1  
36 .............. 78-8060-7535-0............ SCREW, M10 x 60, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc........................................................ 1  
37 .............. 78-8060-7541-8............ WASHER ...................................................................................................... 4  
38 .............. 78-8114-4871-7 ............ NIPPLE, Grease............................................................................................ 4  
7-14  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-6. Column Assembly  
7-16  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Column Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8114-5096-0 ............ COLUMN ASSEMBLY, Right ..................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8114-5097-8 ............ COLUMN ASSEMBLY, Left ....................................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8114-5098-6 ............ GUIDE, Column ........................................................................................... 2  
4 ................ 78-8076-4503-7............ SCREW, M6 x 12 ......................................................................................... 6  
5 ................ 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8 x 20................................................. 28  
6 ................ 78-8100-0894-2............ BRACKET, Column ..................................................................................... 2  
7 ................ 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm..................................................................... 8  
8 ................ 78-8076-5068-0............ COLUMN ASSEMBLY, Inner ..................................................................... 2  
9 ................ 78-8076-5069-8............ COLUMN, Inner........................................................................................... 2  
10 .............. 78-8059-5625-3............ BEARING..................................................................................................... 8  
11 .............. 78-8076-4815-5............ SCREW, Bearing .......................................................................................... 8  
12 .............. 26-1000-4350-9............ BEARING, 6002, 2RS .................................................................................. 8  
13 .............. 78-8076-4816-3............ BUSHING, Eccentric .................................................................................... 8  
14 .............. 78-8076-5070-6............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 8  
15 .............. 26-1003-7957-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 16 .......................................................... 8  
16 .............. 26-1003-6916-9............ NUT, Locking, Plastic Insert, M6................................................................. 8  
17 .............. 78-8114-5099-4 ............ CROSS BAR, Upper Assembly .................................................................... 1  
18 .............. 78-8005-5736-1............ LOCKWASHER, for M8 Screw................................................................... 8  
19 .............. 78-8119-8500-7 ............ CROSS BAR ................................................................................................ 1  
20 .............. 78-8032-0375-7............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ............................................................. 8  
21 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat M6 ....................................................................................... 8  
22 .............. 78-8094-6418-9............ COVER......................................................................................................... 1  
23 .............. 78-8017-9257-9............ SCREW, Phillips Hd., M4 x 10 .................................................................... 8  
24 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm, Nick. .......................................................... 8  
25 .............. 78-8119-8501-5 ............ GUARD ........................................................................................................ 2  
26 .............. 78-8091-0581-6............ STOP, Protection .......................................................................................... 4  
27 .............. 26-1001-9843-6............ SCREW, Flat Soc. Hd., M6 x 16 .................................................................. 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-7. Flap Folder Assembly  
7-18  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Flap Folder Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8502-3 ............ SUPPORT, Flap Folder................................................................................. 1  
2 ................ 26-1003-7963-0............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M8 x 16 ......................................................................... 6  
3 ................ 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 76  
4 ................ 78-8119-8503-1 ............ ARM, Flap Folder....................................................................................... 21  
5 ................ 78-8076-5442-7............ FLANGE ASSEMBLY ................................................................................. 2  
6 ................ 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 6  
7 ................ 78-8091-0468-6............ WASHER, Dented, M6................................................................................. 6  
8 ................ 78-8119-8504-9 ............ STUD ............................................................................................................ 1  
9 ................ 78-8100-0833-0............ WASHER, M8 .............................................................................................. 2  
10 .............. 78-8091-0360-5............ FLAP FOLDER ASSEMBLY, Rear ............................................................. 1  
11 .............. 78-8091-0553-5............ FLAP FOLDER, Rear................................................................................... 1  
12 .............. 78-8091-0554-3............ SHAFT, Flap Folder ..................................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 78-8023-2410-9............ BEARING, 6000, 2RS .................................................................................. 2  
14 .............. 78-8091-0389-4............ SPACER, Bearing ......................................................................................... 2  
15 .............. 78-8010-7169-3............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 12 ............................................................. 2  
16 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 ...................................................................................... 2  
17 .............. 78-8060-7764-6............ SPACER, 10 x 39.......................................................................................... 1  
18 .............. 78-8057-5748-7............ MOUNT, Cylinder Rod End......................................................................... 1  
19 .............. 78-8052-6733-9............ RING, Special M10....................................................................................... 2  
20 .............. 26-1003-5828-7............ SCREW, Spec., Hex Hd., M6 x 10 ............................................................... 2  
21 .............. 78-8054-8946-1............ SHAFT, 5/8 x 51mm..................................................................................... 1  
22 .............. 78-8052-6732-1............ RING, Special M8......................................................................................... 2  
23 .............. 78-8057-5728-9............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M5 x 60.......................................................................... 1  
24 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 2  
25 .............. 26-1005-6859-6............ NUT, Self-Locking, M5................................................................................ 1  
26 .............. 78-8054-8944-6............ SHAFT, 12 x 51mm ...................................................................................... 1  
27 .............. 78-8057-5747-9............ MOUNT, Cylinder Rod End......................................................................... 1  
28 .............. 78-8656-3972-4............ E-RING, M12................................................................................................ 2  
29 .............. 26-1003-5841-0............ SCREW, M8 x 16 ......................................................................................... 2  
30 .............. 78-8054-8937-0............ SHAFT, 12 x 100mm .................................................................................... 1  
31 .............. 78-8017-9059-9............ WASHER, Flat for M12 Screw .................................................................... 2  
32 .............. 78-8056-3965-1............ RING, 8 DIN 6799 ........................................................................................ 2  
33 .............. 78-8060-7761-2............ EXTENSION, Flap Folder ........................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Flap Folder Assembly (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
34 .............. 78-8060-7896-6............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 14 .......................................................... 2  
35 .............. 78-8060-7885-9............ CAP, End ...................................................................................................... 1  
36 .............. 78-80768060-46358184-76 GROMMET/32CAP................................................................................ 1  
37 .............. 78-8060-7758-8............ FAIRLEAD/20 .............................................................................................. 2  
38 .............. 78-8017-9301-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M8 x 25.......................................................................... 1  
7-20  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-8. Paddle Assembly  
7-22  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Paddle Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8507-2 ............ SUPPORT ASSEMBLY, Guide, Right ......................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8119-8508-0 ............ SUPPORT ASSEMBLY, Guide, Left ........................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8119-8509-8 ............ PADDLE, Box Height .................................................................................. 1  
4 ................ 78-8060-7568-1............ BEARING, 618/9 .......................................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 78-8076-5081-3............ FORK, Cylinder............................................................................................ 1  
6 ................ 78-8060-7566-5............ STUD, Fork .................................................................................................. 1  
7 ................ 78-8060-7565-7............ RING............................................................................................................. 2  
8 ................ 78-8060-7558-2............ SPACER, Cylinder........................................................................................ 2  
9 ................ 78-8076-5080-5............ GUIDE, Box ................................................................................................. 1  
10 .............. 78-8060-7561-6............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 2  
11 .............. 78-8060-7562-4............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 2  
12 .............. 26-1002-5836-2............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 40.......................................................................... 2  
13 .............. 26-1003-6916-9............ NUT, Locking, Plastic Insert, M6................................................................. 2  
14 .............. 78-8114-4903-8 ............ SCREW, Special, M5 ................................................................................... 1  
15 .............. 26-1005-6859-6............ NUT, Self-Locking, M5................................................................................ 1  
16 .............. 78-8119-8510-6 ............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 2  
17 .............. 78-8017-9170-4............ SCREW, Phillips, FH, M4 x 8 ...................................................................... 3  
18 .............. 26-1003-7957-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 16 .......................................................... 6  
19 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 ...................................................................................... 6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-9. Side Belt Rail Assembly  
7-24  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Side Belt Rail Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8114-4904-6 ............ SIDE FLAP FOLDER, Right ....................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8076-5083-9............ SIDE FLAP FOLDER, Left.......................................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8060-7555-8............ BEARING, L-Bar.......................................................................................... 8  
4 ................ 78-8060-7554-1............ STUD, Flap Folder ....................................................................................... 4  
5 ................ 78-8060-7747-1............ RUBBER RING............................................................................................ 4  
6 ................ 26-1003-5841-0............ SCREW, M8 x 16 ......................................................................................... 8  
7 ................ 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm..................................................................... 8  
8 ................ 78-8054-8648-3............ ROLLER, Pressure ....................................................................................... 4  
9 ................ 78-8055-0622-3............ BUSHING..................................................................................................... 4  
10 .............. 26-1004-5507-5............ WASHER, M8 .............................................................................................. 8  
11 .............. 78-8070-1594-2............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M8 x 60.......................................................................... 4  
12 .............. 78-8017-9313-0............ NUT, Self-Locking, M8, Nick. Pl................................................................. 4  
13 .............. 78-8119-8511-4 ............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 2  
14 .............. 78-8023-2334-1............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M6 x 25......................................................... 8  
15 .............. 78-8119-8512-2 ............ BUMPER ...................................................................................................... 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-10. Head Cylinder Assembly  
7-26  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Head Cylinder Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8057-5747-9............ MOUNT, Cylinder Rod End......................................................................... 2  
2 ................ 26-1003-6918-5............ NUT, Plastic Insert, Hex, M10 ..................................................................... 2  
3 ................ 78-8052-6566-3............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 6  
4 ................ 78-8094-6335-5............ STUD, Cylinder ............................................................................................ 2  
5 ................ 78-8076-5086-2............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 2  
6 ................ 78-8060-7754-7............ SPACER, Column Cylinder.......................................................................... 2  
7 ................ 78-8056-3965-1............ RING, 8 DIN 6799 ........................................................................................ 4  
8 ................ 78-8060-7748-9............ ROD, L=583 ................................................................................................. 2  
9 ................ 78-8076-5087-0............ ROD, Connecting ......................................................................................... 2  
10 .............. 78-8060-7752-1............ BEARING, L-Bar, 20-32 x 45 ...................................................................... 2  
11 .............. 78-8076-5225-6............ JOINT ........................................................................................................... 2  
12 .............. 78-8076-5088-8............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M10 x 30........................................................................ 2  
13 .............. 26-1003-5841-0............ SCREW, M8 x 16 ......................................................................................... 2  
14 .............. 26-1004-5507-5............ WASHER, M8 .............................................................................................. 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-11. Upper Tape Head Mount  
7-28  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Upper Tape Head Mount  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8122-6717-3............ FRAME, Right, Upper Head, w/English Label ............................................ 1  
2 ................ 78-8122-6718-1............ FRAME, Left, Upper Head, w/English Label .............................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8054-8931-3............ SPACER, 10 x 10 x 140mm ......................................................................... 2  
4 ................ 78-8054-8929-7............ SPACER, 10 x 140mm ................................................................................. 1  
5 ................ 78-8032-0375-7............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ........................................................... 10  
6 ................ 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 .................................................................................... 14  
7 ................ 78-8060-7769-5............ SKI, Right ..................................................................................................... 1  
8 ................ 78-8060-7770-3............ SKI, Left ....................................................................................................... 1  
9 ................ 78-8010-7157-8............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 10.......................................................................... 6  
10 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm, Nick. .......................................................... 6  
11 .............. 26-1003-6914-4............ NUT, Plastic Insert, M4 ................................................................................ 6  
12 .............. 78-8119-8541-1 ............ PLATE, Rear................................................................................................. 1  
13 .............. 78-8010-7163-6............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M5 x 10 ............................................................. 4  
14 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 4  
15 .............. 78-8054-8933-9............ SPACER, 8,5/20 x 25mm ............................................................................. 2  
16 .............. 26-1014-4538-0............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M8 x 45.......................................................................... 2  
17 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 16  
18 .............. 78-8017-9313-0............ NUT, Self-Locking, M8, Nick. Pl............................................................... 10  
19 .............. 78-8054-8567-3............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Special ........................................................................... 2  
20 .............. 78-8100-0895-9............ PIN, Roll, 6 x 12 ........................................................................................... 4  
21 .............. 78-8119-8542-9 ............ SLIDE FRONT ............................................................................................. 1  
22 .............. 78-8100-1077-3............ BLOCK......................................................................................................... 1  
23 .............. 26-1003-7965-5............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M8 x 25......................................................... 2  
24 .............. 78-8119-8543-7 ............ SIDE FLAP FOLDER .................................................................................. 2  
25 .............. 78-8119-8544-5 ............ CLAMP, Flap Folder .................................................................................... 1  
26 .............. 78-8060-7895-8............ SCREW, M8 x 35 ......................................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8010-7209-7............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M6 x 12 ......................................................................... 2  
28 .............. 78-8042-2919-9............ WASHER, Triple, M6................................................................................... 2  
29 .............. 78-8060-7869-3............ PROTECTION, Rods, 12AF ........................................................................ 2  
30 .............. 78-8017-9301-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M8 x 25.......................................................................... 4  
31 .............. 78-8054-8935-4............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 4  
32 .............. 26-1003-5833-7............ SCREW, Hex Hd., 6 x 30 ............................................................................. 4  
33 .............. 78-8076-5036-7............ STUD, Mounting, 3-inch Top Head ............................................................. 4  
34 .............. 78-8010-7193-3............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 20 ............................................................. 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-12. Upper Tape Drum Bracket Assembly  
7-30  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Upper Tape Drum Bracket Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8094-6446-0............ BRACKET ASSEMBLY, Core Holder......................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8091-0605-3............ BRACKET, Core Holder .............................................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8070-1568-6............ CAP, Bracket ................................................................................................ 1  
4 ................ 78-8017-9169-6............ NUT, M18 x 1............................................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 78-8060-8474-1............ TAPE DRUM ASSEMBLY, 2-inch Head ..................................................... 1  
6 ................ 78-8076-4519-3............ SHAFT, Tape Drum ...................................................................................... 1  
7 ................ 78-8070-1569-4............ TAPE DRUM ASSEMBLY, 2-inch Wide ..................................................... 1  
8 ................ 78-8052-6749-5............ TAPE DRUM................................................................................................ 1  
9 ................ 78-8052-6268-6............ LEAF SPRING ............................................................................................. 1  
10 .............. 26-1002-5753-9............ SCREW, Self Tapping .................................................................................. 2  
11 .............. 78-8060-8172-1............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 1  
12 .............. 78-8052-6271-0............ WASHER, Tape Drum .................................................................................. 1  
13 .............. 78-8100-1048-4............ SPRING, Core Holder................................................................................... 1  
14 .............. 78-8052-6566-3............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 1  
15 .............. 78-8017-9077-1............ NUT, Self-Locking, M10 x 1........................................................................ 1  
16 .............. 78-8032-0375-7............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ............................................................. 4  
17 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 ...................................................................................... 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-13. Side Belt and Drive Assemblies  
7-32  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Side Belt and Drive Assemblies  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8513-0 ............ DRIVE ASSEMBLY, Side, Right, w/o Motor .............................................. 1  
2 ................ 78-8119-8514-8 ............ DRIVE ASSEMBLY, Side, Left, w/o Motor ................................................ 1  
3 ................ 78-8119-8515-5 ............ GUIDE, Lower, Right ................................................................................... 1  
4 ................ 78-8119-8516-3 ............ GUIDE, Lower, Left ..................................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 78-8122-6723-1............ GUIDE, Upper, Right w/English Label ........................................................ 1  
6 ................ 78-8122-6724-9............ GUIDE, Upper, Left w/English Label .......................................................... 1  
7 ................ 78-8060-7995-6............ PIN, Roller ................................................................................................ 112  
8 ................ 78-8060-7996-4............ ROLLER ................................................................................................... 112  
9 ................ 78-8060-7728-1............ SLEEVE, Threaded ...................................................................................... 2  
10 .............. 78-8076-5104-3............ NUT, Special, M22 x 1.5, H/8 ...................................................................... 4  
11 .............. 78-8054-8910-7............ SPACER, Hexagonal .................................................................................. 16  
12 .............. 78-8010-7169-3............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 12 ........................................................... 46  
13 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 .................................................................................... 48  
14 .............. 78-8054-8891-9............ SCREW, Special ........................................................................................... 4  
15 .............. 78-8060-8000-4............ DRIVE PULLEYASSEMBLY .................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8060-8003-8............ DRIVE PULLEYASSEMBLY, Keyed ........................................................ 2  
34 .............. 78-8042-2919-9............ WASHER, Triple, M6................................................................................... 6  
35 .............. 78-8060-8006-1............ JOCKEY PULLEY ASSEMBLY ................................................................. 2  
41 .............. 26-1004-5507-5............ WASHER, M8 .............................................................................................. 4  
42 .............. 78-8017-9313-0............ NUT, Self-Locking, M8, Nick. Pl................................................................. 4  
43 .............. 78-8060-8011-1 ............ WRAP PULLEY ASSEMBLY ..................................................................... 2  
49 .............. 78-8032-0375-7............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ............................................................. 2  
50 .............. 78-8060-8013-7............ BELT, Timing, 210 L 075 ............................................................................. 2  
51 .............. 78-8060-8014-5............ IDLER ROLLER ASSEMBLY .................................................................... 2  
55 .............. 78-8054-8841-4............ DRIVE BELT, 12AF..................................................................................... 2  
56 .............. 78-8091-0761-4............ PLATE, Tensioning Belt ............................................................................... 4  
57 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm..................................................................... 4  
58 .............. 26-1003-6904-5............ NUT, Hex, M8 .............................................................................................. 4  
59 .............. 78-8052-6566-3............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 4  
60 .............. 26-1003-6918-5............ NUT, Plastic Insert, M10 Hex ...................................................................... 4  
61 .............. 78-8054-8903-2............ BLOCK, Belt ................................................................................................ 4  
62 .............. 78-8010-7210-5............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M6 x 20......................................................... 8  
63 .............. 78-8054-8904-0............ SCREW, Belt Adjustment............................................................................. 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Side Belt and Drive Assemblies (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
64 .............. 78-8094-6472-6............ MOTOR, 200/220V, 50/60Hz....................................................................... 2  
65 .............. 78-8076-5226-4............ FAN, Motor, F.63 .......................................................................................... 2  
66 .............. 78-8094-6050-0............ SPACER, Motor ........................................................................................... 2  
67 .............. 26-1005-4757-4............ SCREW, Flat Hd., Soc. Dr., M5 x 20 ........................................................... 8  
68 .............. 78-8060-8073-1............ WASHER, Motor .......................................................................................... 8  
69 .............. 78-8060-8015-2............ PULLEY, 17 x L050 ..................................................................................... 2  
70 .............. 26-1003-8816-9............ SCREW, Set, M5 x 6 .................................................................................... 2  
71 .............. 78-8060-8016-0............ BELT, Timing, 190 x L050 ........................................................................... 2  
72 .............. 78-8060-8019-4............ SPROCKET, 3/8-inch, 28 Teeth ................................................................... 2  
73 .............. 78-8057-5834-5............ TAB WASHER ............................................................................................. 2  
74 .............. 78-8057-5835-2............ WASHER, Centering .................................................................................... 2  
75 .............. 78-8060-8020-2............ CHAIN, 3/8-inch Pitch, L=50 ...................................................................... 2  
76 .............. 78-8076-5112-6 ............ COVER, Chain ............................................................................................. 2  
77 .............. 26-1003-7948-1............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M5 x 10......................................................... 4  
78 .............. 78-8119-8519-7 ............ PLATE, Roller Stop, Lower, Right ............................................................... 1  
79 .............. 78-8119-8520-5 ............ PLATE, Roller Stop, Lower, Left ................................................................. 1  
80 .............. 78-8119-8521-3 ............ PLATE, Roller Stop, Upper, Right ............................................................... 1  
81 .............. 78-8119-8522-1 ............ PLATE, Roller Stop, Upper, Left ................................................................. 1  
82 .............. 78-8017-9257-9............ SCREW, Phillip Head, M4 x 10 ................................................................. 32  
83 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm Nick. ......................................................... 42  
84 .............. 78-8119-8523-9 ............ COVER, Drive, Right................................................................................... 1  
85 .............. 78-8119-8524-7 ............ COVER, Drive, Left ..................................................................................... 1  
86 .............. 26-1002-5753-9............ SCREW, Self Tapping ................................................................................ 12  
87 .............. 78-8114-4787-5 ............ GUARD, Belt ............................................................................................... 2  
88 .............. 26-1002-4955-1............ SCREW, Self Tap, 8P x 13 ........................................................................... 4  
89 .............. 78-8114-4878-2 ............ BUSHING..................................................................................................... 8  
90 .............. 78-8076-5113-4 ............ UNION ......................................................................................................... 2  
91 .............. 78-8060-8181-2............ SLEEVING, 0.710 Mt................................................................................... 2  
92 .............. 78-8060-8052-5............ CABLE, 4 x 1.5 Mt. 3PH ............................................................................. 1  
93 .............. 78-8060-7626-7............ CONNECTOR .............................................................................................. 2  
94 .............. 78-8060-7874-3............ PLUG HOUSING, Lateral ............................................................................ 2  
95 .............. 78-8060-7875-0............ PLUG, Male .................................................................................................. 2  
96 .............. 78-8060-7541-8............ WASHER ...................................................................................................... 4  
97 .............. 78-8060-7533-5............ LOCK RING................................................................................................. 4  
7-34  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-14. Side Belt Drive Pulleys (Detail)  
7-36  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Side Belt Drive Pulleys (Detail)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
15 .............. 78-8060-8000-4............ DRIVE PULLEYASSEMBLY .................................................................... 2  
16 .............. 78-8076-5105-0............ PULLEYASSEMBLY, Drive ....................................................................... 2  
17 .............. 78-8052-6713-1............ RING, Polyurethane ...................................................................................... 4  
18 .............. 78-8054-8878-6............ SHAFT, Pulley Keyed .................................................................................. 2  
19 .............. 78-8057-5739-6............ KEY, M5 x 5 x 30mm ................................................................................... 2  
20 .............. 78-8054-8879-4............ WASHER, 20, 5mm...................................................................................... 4  
21 .............. 78-8017-9096-1............ NUT, Special, M18 x 1 ................................................................................. 2  
22 .............. 78-8060-7648-1............ BEARING, Flanged ...................................................................................... 4  
23 .............. 78-8054-8877-8............ WASHER, 5, 5/20 x 4................................................................................... 4  
24 .............. 26-0001-5862-1............ SCREW, Flat Hd. Soc., M5 x 12 .................................................................. 4  
25 .............. 78-8060-8037-6............ CAP, Flange .................................................................................................. 2  
26 .............. 78-8046-8135-7............ KEY, 5 x 5, 12mm ........................................................................................ 2  
27 .............. 78-8060-8003-8............ DRIVE PULLEYASSEMBLY, Keyed ........................................................ 2  
28 .............. 78-8055-0825-2............ PULLEY, Keyed ........................................................................................... 2  
29 .............. 78-8054-8889-3............ SUPPORT, Pulley, Keyed ............................................................................. 2  
30 .............. 26-1000-6036-2............ BEARING, 6003, 2RS .................................................................................. 4  
31 .............. 78-8060-7547-5............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 2  
32 .............. 78-8028-8244-5............ KEY, 4 x 4 x 10mm ...................................................................................... 2  
33 .............. 78-8060-8005-3............ SPROCKET, 3/8-inch, 11 Teeth ................................................................... 2  
35 .............. 78-8060-8006-1............ JOCKEY PULLEY ASSEMBLY ................................................................. 2  
36 .............. 78-8060-8009-5............ JOCKEY PULLEY....................................................................................... 2  
37 .............. 78-8060-8008-7............ BEARING, 6004 2RS ................................................................................... 2  
38 .............. 78-8060-8010-3............ SNAP RING, 42mm Shaft ............................................................................ 2  
39 .............. 78-8060-8007-9............ PIN, Jockey Pulley........................................................................................ 2  
40 .............. 78-8017-9061-5............ SNAP RING, 20mm Shaft ............................................................................ 2  
43 .............. 78-8060-8011-1 ............ WRAP PULLEY ASSEMBLY ..................................................................... 2  
44 .............. 78-8076-5106-8............ PULLEYASSEMBLY, Idler ........................................................................ 2  
45 .............. 78-8023-2544-5............ BEARING, 6203, 2RS .................................................................................. 2  
46 .............. 78-8023-2410-9............ BEARING, 6000, 2RS .................................................................................. 2  
47 .............. 78-8054-8887-7............ SHAFT, Pulley Wrap .................................................................................... 2  
48 .............. 78-8016-5855-6............ E-RING, 10mm ............................................................................................. 2  
51 .............. 78-8060-8014-5............ IDLER ROLLER ASSEMBLY .................................................................... 2  
52 .............. 78-8052-6710-7............ ROLLER, Idler ............................................................................................. 2  
53 .............. 78-8054-8913-1............ SHAFT, Roller .............................................................................................. 2  
54 .............. 12-7997-0272-0............ E-RING, M-25 .............................................................................................. 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-15. Upper Head Conduit Assembly  
7-38  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Upper Head Conduit Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8100-0897-5............ HOUSING, Wire ........................................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 26-1003-7963-0............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M8 x 16 ......................................................................... 2  
3 ................ 78-8060-7757-0............ PLATE, Strap ................................................................................................ 1  
4 ................ 78-8060-7896-6............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 14 .......................................................... 2  
5 ................ 78-8076-5116-7 ............ SLEEVING/22, 1.11 M. ............................................................................... 2  
6 ................ 78-8010-7163-6............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd, M5 x 10 .............................................................. 4  
7 ................ 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 6  
8 ................ 78-8010-7417-6............ NUT, Metric, Hex Stl., M5 ........................................................................... 4  
9 ................ 78-8076-5117-5 ............ STRAP, Wire ................................................................................................ 1  
10 .............. 78-8060-7632-5............ CLAMP ........................................................................................................ 5  
11 .............. 78-8060-7785-1............ GROMMET.................................................................................................. 1  
12 .............. 78-8076-5118-3 ............ COVER, Channel ......................................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 26-1003-5810-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 8............................................................................ 4  
14 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm, Nick. .......................................................... 8  
15 .............. 78-8076-5119-1 ............ COVER......................................................................................................... 1  
16 .............. 26-1003-7943-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M4 x 12 ......................................................................... 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-16. Electrical Control Panel  
7-40  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Electrical Control Panel  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8122-6719-9............ BOX, Electric w/English Label .................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8119-8591-6 ............ HINGE, Southco E6, 10, 501, 20 ................................................................. 3  
3 ................ 78-8100-1165-6 ............ SCREW, Phillips Hd., M6 x 16 .................................................................. 12  
4 ................ 78-8122-6720-7............ COVER, Electrical Box w/English Label .................................................... 1  
5 ................ 78-8119-8548-6 ............ FOAM RUBBER. ...................................................................................... 2,8  
6 ................ 78-8119-8549-4 ............ LOCK, “Southco”......................................................................................... 2  
7 ................ 78-8119-8592-4 ............ PLATE, Support............................................................................................ 1  
8 ................ 78-8032-0375-7............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ............................................................. 2  
9 ................ 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 .................................................................................... 14  
10 .............. 78-8119-8550-2 ............ PANEL, Electric Box.................................................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8060-7814-9............ SPACER, Electric Box ................................................................................. 4  
12 .............. 78-8010-7169-3............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 12 ............................................................. 4  
13 .............. 26-1003-6916-9............ NUT, Locking, Plastic Insert, M6................................................................. 4  
14 .............. 78-8119-8551-0 ............ BRACKET, Electrical Board, Right ............................................................. 1  
15 .............. 78-8119-8552-8 ............ BRACKET, Electrical Board, Left ............................................................... 1  
16 .............. 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8 x20.................................................. 12  
17 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 12  
18 .............. 78-8119-8553-6 ............ SHUNTING BOX ........................................................................................ 1  
19 .............. 78-8119-8554-4 ............ ADHESIVE RUBBER SEAL ................................................................... 0,8  
20 .............. 26-1003-7957-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 16 .......................................................... 8  
21 .............. 78-8119-8555-1 ............ SHUNTING BOX COVER .......................................................................... 1  
22 .............. 78-8060-8087-1............ SCREW, Metric, M5 x 10 ............................................................................ 4  
23 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 4  
24 .............. 78-8119-8556-9 ............ CONNECTOR .............................................................................................. 1  
25 .............. 78-8076-5116-7 ............ SLEEVING, 22,1,11 M. ................................................................................ 1  
26 .............. 78-8119-8558-5 ............ CONNECTOR, Straight For Sleeve ............................................................. 2  
27 .............. 78-8119-8559-3 ............ NUT, PG36 Connector ................................................................................. 1  
28 .............. 78-8119-8560-1 ............ SLEEVE, 40 (MM. 1000) ............................................................................ 1  
29 .............. 78-8076-5121-7............ CASE ............................................................................................................ 1  
30 .............. 78-8076-5214-0............ TAP, CNE 24FP, Grey .................................................................................. 1  
31 .............. 78-8076-5215-7............ TAP, 24FPN, Black ....................................................................................... 1  
32 .............. 78-8076-5213-2............ HOUSING, Plug............................................................................................ 1  
33 .............. 78-8076-5122-5............ PLUG, CNE 24FS ......................................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Electrical Control Panel (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
34 .............. 78-8076-5123-3............ PLUG, CNE 24FSN ...................................................................................... 1  
35 .............. 78-8060-7872-7............ COVER, Plug Straight .................................................................................. 2  
36 .............. 78-8028-8208-0............ SCREW, 6P x 9,5 .......................................................................................... 4  
37 .............. 78-8060-7873-5............ PLUG, Female............................................................................................... 1  
38 .............. 78-8060-7592-1............ SOCKET....................................................................................................... 1  
39 .............. 78-8076-4715-7............ CORD GRIP ................................................................................................. 1  
40 .............. 78-8076-5211-6 ............ SET NUT GMP13.5 ..................................................................................... 1  
41 .............. 78-8119-8689-8 ............ HOUSING, Tap CN16-I ................................................................................ 1  
42 .............. 78-8119-8690-6 ............ TAP, 16 Poles ................................................................................................ 1  
43 .............. 78-8032-0379-9............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M4 x 16 .......................................................... 4  
44 .............. 78-8119-8691-4 ............ HOUSING, Plug............................................................................................ 1  
45 .............. 78-8119-8692-2 ............ PLUG, 16 Poles............................................................................................. 1  
7-42  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-17. Electrical Control Panel (Detail)  
7-44  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Electrical Control Panel (Detail)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8100-0898-3............ SWITCH ASSEMBLY, LA2-16 ................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8060-7622-6............ FUSE CARRIER .......................................................................................... 5  
3 ................ 78-8091-0471-0............ FUSE, 10.3 x 38, 10 A .................................................................................. 3  
4 ................ 78-8060-7624-2............ FUSE, 4 A, 10.3 x 38 .................................................................................... 2  
5 ................ 78-8076-5223-1............ SWITCH, Thermal, Allen-Bradley, KTA 3-25 ............................................. 4  
6 ................ 78-8076-5224-9............ CONTACT, Allen-Bradley, KT 3, 25, PA, 11............................................... 4  
7 ................ 78-8076-5222-3............ SWITCH, Sprecher + Schuh, CA4, 5C, 10, 24V, CC .................................. 4  
8 ................ 78-8119-8593-2 ............ RELAY, MG4, 24VAC ................................................................................. 1  
9 ................ 78-8076-5220-7............ BASE AMG4 ................................................................................................ 1  
10 .............. 26-1014-6252-6............ DC POWER SUPPLY, OMRON .................................................................. 1  
11 .............. 26-1014-6253-4............ Allen-Bradley, PLC Type SCL500, 1747, L40F .......................................... 1  
12 .............. 78-8119-8594-0 ............ UV-PROM, 1747, M3................................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 78-8091-0412-4............ TERMINAL, VU 4-2.5............................................................................... 53  
14 .............. 78-8091-0414-0............ TERMINAL, VUPE 4-4 ............................................................................... 1  
15 .............. 78-8091-0413-2............ PLATE, VT 4, 2.5/4 ...................................................................................... 1  
16 .............. 78-8091-0411-6 ............ PLATE, VA 4, 2.5/4 ...................................................................................... 1  
17 .............. 78-8119-8595-7 ............ BRIDGE .................................................................................................... 0,2  
18 .............. 78-8119-8596-5 ............ PUSH BUTTON, Sprecher + Schuh, Green, 800EP-F3 .............................. 1  
19 .............. 78-8076-5230-6............ CONTACT, Sprecher + Schuh, DE3-10 ....................................................... 5  
20 .............. 78-8119-8597-3 ............ PUSH BUTTON, Sprecher + Schuh, Black, 800EP-F2 ............................... 1  
21 .............. 78-8076-5195-1............ CONTACT, Sprecher + Schuh, DE 3-01 ...................................................... 1  
22 .............. 78-8119-8598-1 ............ PUSH BUTTON, Sprecher + Schuh, Blue, 800EP-F6................................. 1  
23 .............. 78-8119-8599-9 ............ SELECTOR, Dsk 3LD ................................................................................. 1  
24 .............. 78-8119-8600-5 ............ LIGHT, Warning, Red, 800EQ-PM4D0 ....................................................... 2  
25 .............. 78-8119-8601-3 ............ LIGHT, Warning, Green, 800EQ, PM3D0 ................................................... 1  
26 .............. 78-8119-8602-1 ............ LIGHT, Warning, Transparent, 800EQ, PM7D0 .......................................... 1  
27 .............. 78-8119-8603-9 ............ LIGHT, BA, 9S, 36 VAC .............................................................................. 4  
28 .............. 78-8119-8604-7 ............ COUNTER, H7GP, CD ................................................................................ 1  
29 .............. 78-8094-6385-0............ E-STOP, 800EP, MTS643LX01 ................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-18. Pneumatic Control Panel  
7-46  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Pneumatic Control Panel  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8122-6721-5............ BOX, Pneumatics w/English Label .............................................................. 1  
2 ................ 78-8119-8554-4 ............ ADHESIVE, Rubber Seal........................................................................ 1,35  
3 ................ 78-8119-8591-6 ............ HINGE, Southco, E6, 10, 501, 20 ................................................................ 2  
4 ................ 78-8100-1165-6 ............ SCREW, Phillips Hd., M6 X 16 ................................................................... 8  
5 ................ 78-8122-6722-3............ BOX COVER, Pneumatics w/English Label. .............................................. 1  
6 ................ 78-8119-8549-4 ............ LOCK, “Southco......................................................................................... 1  
7 ................ 78-8119-8672-4 ............ GROMMET, EZ-DG21 ................................................................................ 2  
8 ................ 78-8119-8563-5 ............ BRACKET, Pneumatic Board, Right ........................................................... 1  
9 ................ 78-8119-8564-3 ............ BRACKET, Pneumatic Board, Left ............................................................. 1  
10 .............. 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8 x 20................................................. 14  
11 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 14  
12 .............. 78-8119-8565-0 ............ BRACKET, Support Guards......................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 78-8076-5124-1............ UNION, 1.1/4-inch Gas ................................................................................ 2  
14 .............. 78-8119-8566-8 ............ SLEEVE/35 (MM. 3000) ............................................................................. 1  
15 .............. 78-8119-8567-6 ............ CLAMP MM. 4.8 x 292 ............................................................................... 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-19. Pneumatic Components, #1  
7-48  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Pneumatic Components, #1  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8605-4 ............ FILTER/REGULATOR ASSEMBLY........................................................... 1  
10 .............. 78-8119-8612-0 ............ SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY ............................................................... 1  
21 .............. 78-8119-8618-7 ............ UNION, Multiple, 33041008........................................................................ 2  
22 .............. 78-8119-8619-5 ............ REDUCER, 31660610.................................................................................. 1  
23 .............. 78-8119-8620-3 ............ REDUCER, 31660810.................................................................................. 6  
24 .............. 78-8119-8621-1 ............ SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY, VQ2000 ................................................ 1  
30 .............. 78-8119-8626-0 ............ PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY .................................................... 3  
34 .............. 78-8119-8629-4 ............ PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY .................................................... 1  
36 .............. 78-8119-8631-0 ............ GAGE ASSEMBLY, 0-12 Bar ...................................................................... 3  
39 .............. 78-8119-8634-4 ............ GAGE ASSEMBLY, 0-4 Bar ........................................................................ 1  
41 .............. 78-8119-8636-9 ............ INDICATORASSEMBLY ........................................................................... 1  
44 .............. 78-8119-8637-7 ............ FLOW REGULATOR ASSEMBLY............................................................. 6  
85 .............. 26-1003-7951-5............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc., M5 x 20......................................................... 2  
86 .............. 78-8028-8214-8............ WASHER ...................................................................................................... 2  
87 .............. 78-8017-9257-9............ SCREW, Phillips Head, M4 x 10.................................................................. 2  
88 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm, Nick. .......................................................... 2  
89 .............. 78-8010-7416-8............ NUT, Metric, Hex, Steel, M4 ....................................................................... 2  
90 .............. 78-8060-8087-1............ SCREW, Metric, M5 x 10 ............................................................................ 2  
91 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 2  
92 .............. 78-8076-5165-4............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 6  
94 .............. 78-8119-8666-6 ............ TUBE, Air, TU0425B, 5MT ......................................................................... 3  
95 .............. 78-8119-8667-4 ............ TUBE, Air, TU0604B, 5MT ....................................................................... 16  
96 .............. 78-8119-8668-2 ............ TUBE, Air, TU0805B, 5MT ....................................................................... 16  
97 .............. 78-8119-8669-0 ............ TUBE, Air, TU1065B, 5MT ......................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-20. Pneumatic Components, #2  
7-50  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Pneumatic Components, #2  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
47 .............. 78-8091-0350-6............ UNION, Special............................................................................................ 8  
48 .............. 78-8076-4666-2............ ELBOW, Bulkhead ..................................................................................... 10  
49 .............. 78-8119-8639-3 ............ UNION, Elbow, 31820800 ........................................................................... 8  
50 .............. 78-8119-8640-1 ............ UNION, Elbow, 31820600 ......................................................................... 10  
51 .............. 78-8057-5735-4............ FITTING, Reducer ........................................................................................ 2  
52 .............. 78-8094-6277-9............ UNION, TE, 31040800................................................................................. 2  
53 .............. 78-8057-6170-3............ TEE, 6mm Tubing ........................................................................................ 2  
54 .............. 78-8119-8641-9 ............ COLUMN, Air Cylinder Assembly .............................................................. 2  
58 .............. 78-8119-8643-5 ............ COMPRESSION ROLLER, Air Cylinder Assembly ................................... 2  
60 .............. 78-8119-8645-0 ............ FLAP FOLD, Air Cylinder Assembly .......................................................... 1  
64 .............. 78-8119-8649-2R ......... FLAP FOLD, Air Cylinder Assembly .......................................................... 1  
67 .............. 78-8119-8652-6 ............ EXHAUST VALVE ASSEMBLY ................................................................ 1  
70 .............. 78-8119-8653-4 ............ PADDLE, Air Cylinder Assembly ................................................................ 1  
74 .............. 78-8119-8656-7 ............ BOX STOP, Air Cylinder Assembly............................................................. 1  
77 .............. 78-8119-8659-1 ............ SIDE DRIVE, Air Cylinder Assembly ......................................................... 1  
80 .............. 78-8119-8662-5 ............ GATE, Air Cylinder Assembly ..................................................................... 1  
82 .............. 78-8119-8663-3 ............ CENTERING, Air Cylinder Assembly ......................................................... 1  
93 .............. 78-8119-8665-8 ............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 50 .......................................................... 8  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-21. Pneumatic Components, #3  
7-52  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Pneumatic Components, #3  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8605-4 ............ FILTER/REGULATOR ASSEMBLY........................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8119-8606-2 ............ REGULATOR, Pressure, SMC, EAW3000.................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8054-8838-0............ GAUGE, Air ................................................................................................. 1  
4 ................ 78-8119-8607-0 ............ UNION, 31011017........................................................................................ 1  
5 ................ 78-8119-8608-8 ............ COUPLING, Y30T ....................................................................................... 1  
6 ................ 78-8119-8609-6 ............ VALVE, SMC, EVHS, 3500, F03, R, X116 ................................................. 1  
7 ................ 78-8119-8610-4 ............ UNION, Elbow, RA022, 3/8-inch, 3/8-inch ................................................. 1  
8 ................ 78-8119-8611-2 ............ HOSE CONNECTOR, RA030, 3/8-inch...................................................... 1  
9 ................ 78-8076-4886-6............ MUFFLER, ¼-inch....................................................................................... 3  
10 .............. 78-8119-8612-0 ............ SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY ............................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8119-8613-8 ............ SOLENOID VALVE, SMC, SY7120, 5, Y0, 02F ........................................ 1  
12 .............. 78-8119-8614-6 ............ BRACKET, SMC, SX7000, 16, 1A ............................................................. 1  
13 .............. 78-8060-7753-9............ ELBOW, T, MFF, RA, 025, ¼-inch, ¼-inch................................................. 1  
14 .............. 78-8119-8615-3 ............ UNION, Elbow, 31991013 ........................................................................... 2  
15 .............. 78-8114-5012-2 ............ REDUCTION, Conic.................................................................................... 1  
16 .............. 78-8060-7900-6............ UNION ......................................................................................................... 1  
17 .............. 78-8094-6274-6............ REDUCTION, RA 014, ¼-inch, 1/8-inch .................................................... 1  
18 .............. 78-8094-6275-3............ PRESSURE SWITCH, SMC, IS1000, F01 x 201 ........................................ 1  
19 .............. 78-8119-8616-1 ............ MUFFLER, SP ¼-inch ................................................................................. 2  
20 .............. 78-8119-8617-9 ............ CAP, ¼-inch.................................................................................................. 1  
24 .............. 78-8119-8621-1 ............ SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY, VQ2000 ................................................ 1  
25 .............. 78-8119-8622-9 ............ SOLENOID VALVE SET, SMC, SY5140 ................................................... 1  
26 .............. 78-8119-8623-7 ............ MUFFLER .................................................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8060-7861-0............ END CAP ..................................................................................................... 2  
28 .............. 78-8119-8624-5 ............ CAP, SMC, KQP-08 ..................................................................................... 2  
29 .............. 78-8119-8625-2 ............ CAP, SMC, 31261000 .................................................................................. 4  
30 .............. 78-8119-8626-0 ............ PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY .................................................... 3  
31 .............. 78-8119-8627-8 ............ REGULATOR, Pressure SMC, EAR2500-F03 ............................................ 3  
32 .............. 78-8119-8628-6 ............ UNION, Elbow, 31990817 ......................................................................... 10  
33 .............. 26-1005-5909-0............ ELBOW ........................................................................................................ 5  
34 .............. 78-8119-8629-4 ............ PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY .................................................... 1  
35 .............. 78-8119-8630-2 ............ REGULATOR, Pressure, SMC, EAR2500-0.2-2 ......................................... 1  
36 .............. 78-8119-8631-0 ............ GAUGE ASSEMBLY, 0-12 Bar ................................................................... 3  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Pneumatic Components, #3 (Continued)  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
37 .............. 78-8119-8632-8 ............ GAUGE, 50, 0-12 Bar .................................................................................. 3  
38 .............. 78-8119-8633-6 ............ UNION, 31140413........................................................................................ 4  
39 .............. 78-8119-8634-4 ............ GAUGE ASSEMBLY, 0-4 Bar ..................................................................... 1  
40 .............. 78-8119-8635-1 ............ GAUGE, 50, 0-4 Bar .................................................................................... 1  
41 .............. 78-8119-8636-9 ............ INDICATORASSEMBLY ........................................................................... 1  
42 .............. 78-8076-4665-4............ INDICATOR, Visual..................................................................................... 1  
43 .............. 26-1005-6910-7............ UNION, Straight ........................................................................................... 2  
44 .............. 78-8119-8637-7 ............ FLOW REGULATOR ASSEMBLY............................................................. 6  
45 .............. 78-8119-8638-5 ............ REGULATOR, Flow, RFU-446-1/4-inch ..................................................... 6  
46 .............. 78-8091-0315-9............ ELBOW, 3199.08.13 .................................................................................. 18  
54 .............. 78-8119-8641-9 ............ COLUMN, Air Cylinder Assembly .............................................................. 2  
55 .............. 78-8119-76428642-7 .... CYLINDER, Air, SMC, CNA LN40-450 ..................................................... 2  
56 .............. 78-8114-5009-3 ............ HINGE, SMC, CD65D40 ............................................................................. 2  
57 .............. 78-8055-0756-9............ UNION, Rotating.......................................................................................... 4  
58 .............. 78-8119-8643-5 ............ COMPRESSOR, Air Cylinder Assembly ..................................................... 2  
59 .............. 78-8119-8644-3 ............ CYLINDER, Air, DN-50C, ECQ, 2B ........................................................... 2  
60 .............. 78-8119-8645-0 ............ FLAP FOLD, Air Cylinder Assembly .......................................................... 1  
61 .............. 78-8119-8646-8 ............ CYLINDER, SMC, Air, CD65, D40 ............................................................ 1  
62 .............. 78-8119-8647-6 ............ UNION, 6610, 8, ¼-inch .............................................................................. 2  
63 .............. 78-8119-8648-4 ............ REGULATOR, SCU 606, ¼-inch................................................................. 2  
64 .............. 78-8119-8649-2R ......... FLAP FOLD, Air Cylinder Assembly .......................................................... 1  
65 .............. 78-8119-8650-0 ............ CYLINDER, Air, SMC, CD85N25-60B ...................................................... 1  
66 .............. 78-8119-8651-8 ............ REGULATOR, Flow .................................................................................... 5  
67 .............. 78-8119-8652-6 ............ EXHAUST VALVE ASSEMBLY ................................................................ 1  
68 .............. 78-8013-9935-9............ VALVE, Quick Exhaust ................................................................................ 2  
69 .............. 78-8076-4672-0............ UNION, Straight, Female ............................................................................. 1  
70 .............. 78-8119-8653-4 ............ PADDLE, Air Cylinder Assembly ................................................................ 1  
71 .............. 78-8119-8654-2 ............ CYLINDER, Air SMC, CD85N16, 50B+BJ2-016+DC73L ........................ 1  
72 .............. 78-8057-5732-1............ FITTING, Elbow ........................................................................................... 1  
73 .............. 78-8119-8655-9 ............ UNION, 31010419 ....................................................................................... 1  
74 .............. 78-8119-8656-7 ............ BOX STOP, Air Cylinder Assembly............................................................. 1  
75 .............. 78-8119-8657-5 ............ CYLINDER, Air, SMC, C65D32-60C ......................................................... 1  
76 .............. 78-8119-8658-3 ............ HINGE, Cylinder, C65-D32 ......................................................................... 1  
7-54  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Pneumatic Components, #3 (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
77 .............. 78-8119-8659-1 ............ SIDE DRIVE, Air Cylinder Assembly ......................................................... 1  
78 .............. 78-8119-8660-9 ............ CYLINDER, Air, SMC, C95SD, B63, 100 .................................................. 1  
79 .............. 78-8119-8661-7 ............ HINGE, Female, D5063 ............................................................................... 1  
80 .............. 78-8119-8662-5 ............ GATE, Air Cylinder Assembly ..................................................................... 1  
81 .............. 78-8094-6294-4............ CYLINDER, MGQM/40 Stroke 50 .............................................................. 1  
82 .............. 78-8119-8663-3 ............ CENTERING, Air Cylinder Assembly ......................................................... 1  
83 .............. 78-8119-8664-1 ............ CYLINDER, Air, SMC, C92-40-170............................................................ 1  
84 .............. 78-8076-4908-8............ HINGE .......................................................................................................... 1  
98 .............. 78-8094-6346-2............ SWITCH, Limit 24V CC 5-5-D A53L ......................................................... 2  
99 .............. 78-8094-6345-4............ CLAMP KIT ................................................................................................. 1  
100 ............ 78-8119-8693-0 ............ SENSOR, D-C73C-75 .................................................................................. 2  
101 ............ 78-8119-8694-8 ............ CABLE, DLC 50 .......................................................................................... 1  
102 ............ 78-8119-8695-5 ............ CLAMP, BM2-040 ....................................................................................... 1  
103 ............ 78-8119-8696-3 ............ CLAMP, BJ2-016 ......................................................................................... 1  
104 ............ 78-8119-8697-1 ............ MOUNTING, BT-105 ................................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-22. Sliding Door Assembly  
7-56  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Sliding Door Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8119-8568-4 ............ FRAME, Right, Guards ................................................................................ 1  
2 ................ 78-8119-8670-8 ............ FRAME, Left, Guards .................................................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8119-8569-2 ............ BRACKET, Support Guards......................................................................... 2  
4 ................ 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8x 20.................................................. 32  
5 ................ 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 32  
6 ................ 78-8119-8570-0 ............ SUPPORT, Right, Guards ............................................................................. 2  
7 ................ 78-8119-8571-8 ............ SUPPORT, Left, Guards ............................................................................... 2  
8 ................ 78-8119-8572-6 ............ CROSSMEMBER ASSEMBLY, Guards...................................................... 2  
9 ................ 78-8119-8573-4 ............ BRACKET, Winking Light .......................................................................... 1  
10 .............. 78-8119-8574-2 ............ GUARD ........................................................................................................ 4  
11 .............. 78-8119-8575-9 ............ SLIDE, Guard ............................................................................................. 16  
12 .............. 78-8060-8087-1............ SCREW, Metric, M5 x 10 .......................................................................... 40  
13 .............. 78-8119-8671-6 ............ HANDLE ...................................................................................................... 4  
14 .............. 78-8119-8576-7 ............ BRACKET, Switch....................................................................................... 4  
15 .............. 26-1003-7957-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ........................................................ 16  
16 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 .................................................................................... 16  
17 .............. 78-8119-8577-5 ............ LONG BRACKET, Actuator ........................................................................ 2  
18 .............. 78-8119-8578-3 ............ SHORT BRACKET, Actuator ...................................................................... 2  
19 .............. 26-1002-5824-8............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M5 x 35........................................................................ 22  
20 .............. 78-8028-8214-8............ WASHER, Flat, M5 .................................................................................... 30  
21 .............. 78-8119-8579-1 ............ STOP ............................................................................................................ 2  
22 .............. 78-8010-7417-6............ NUT, Metric, Hex Stl., M5 ........................................................................... 2  
23 .............. 78-8076-4932-8............ LOCK, Wing................................................................................................. 4  
24 .............. 78-8076-4931-0............ DRAWBAR, Lock ........................................................................................ 4  
25 .............. 26-1005-5316-8............ SCREW, Flat Hd., Hex Dr., M5 x 16 ......................................................... 24  
26 .............. 78-8119-8580-9 ............ FRONT BRACKET ..................................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8119-8581-7 ............ REAR BRACKET ........................................................................................ 2  
28 .............. 78-8119-8582-5 ............ REAR BRACKET ........................................................................................ 2  
29 .............. 78-8119-8583-3 ............ SUPPORT, On/Off Button ............................................................................ 1  
30 .............. 78-8076-5194-4............ BOX, E-Stop, Yellow.................................................................................... 1  
31 .............. 78-8094-6385-0............ E-STOP, 800EP-MTS643LX01.................................................................... 1  
32 .............. 83-0002-7336-3............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 14 Zinc. Pl. ........................................................... 2  
33 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm Nick. ........................................................... 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Sliding Door Assembly (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
34 .............. 78-8010-7416-8............ NUT, Metric, Hex, Steel, M4 ....................................................................... 2  
35 .............. 78-8076-4532-6............ CORD GRIP ................................................................................................. 9  
36 .............. 78-8119-8585-8 ............ BUSHING, Flanged, Lamp ........................................................................... 1  
37 .............. 78-8076-5104-3............ SPECIAL NUT, M22 x 1, 5/8....................................................................... 1  
38 .............. 78-8119-8586-6 ............ LAMPASSEMBLY...................................................................................... 1  
39 .............. 78-8119-8587-4 ............ LAMP, BA15D, 5W, 30V ............................................................................. 1  
40 .............. 78-8119-8584-1 ............ COVER, Upper Guards ................................................................................ 3  
41 .............. 78-8076-4929-4............ SECURITY SWITCH, Berhstein, AZ15ZVR .............................................. 4  
42 .............. 78-8010-7165-1............ SCREW, Flat Hd., Soc., M5 x 25 ................................................................. 8  
43 .............. 78-8119-8725-0 ............ SPACER, Bumper ......................................................................................... 2  
7-58  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-23. Infeed Conveyor Frame  
7-60  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Infeed Conveyor Frame  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8114-4812-1 ............ CONVEYER FRAME ASSEMBLY ............................................................ 1  
2 ................ 78-8076-5338-7............ LEG ASSEMBLY W/Caster, Right .............................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8076-5337-9............ LEG ASSEMBLY W/Caster, Left ................................................................ 1  
4 ................ 78-8076-5040-9............ LEG, Right .................................................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 78-8076-5041-7............ LEG, Left ...................................................................................................... 1  
6 ................ 78-8052-6678-6............ LEG, Inner..................................................................................................... 2  
7 ................ 78-8052-6080-2............ LABEL, Height............................................................................................. 2  
8 ................ 78-8052-6677-8............ CLAMP, Inner .............................................................................................. 2  
9 ................ 78-8060-7697-8............ BRACKET, Special ...................................................................................... 2  
10 .............. 26-1003-7963-0............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., M8 x 16 ......................................................................... 4  
11 .............. 78-8060-8061-6............ CASTER ....................................................................................................... 2  
12 .............. 78-8060-8124-2............ SPACER, Caster ........................................................................................... 2  
13 .............. 78-8060-7699-4............ WASHER, /12-45, 5 x 4 ............................................................................... 2  
14 .............. 78-8017-9059-9............ WASHER, Flat for M12 Screw .................................................................... 2  
15 .............. 78-8060-7532-7............ NUT, M12, Self-Locking.............................................................................. 2  
16 .............. 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8 x 20................................................. 18  
17 .............. 78-8114-4813-9 ............ CROSS BAR, Leg ........................................................................................ 1  
18 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 28  
19 .............. 78-8114-4814-7 ............ BRACKET.................................................................................................... 2  
20 .............. 78-8054-8567-3............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Special ........................................................................... 4  
21 .............. 26-1003-5842-8............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M8 x 20........................................................................ 12  
22 .............. 78-8114-4815-4 ............ REINFORCEMENT, Right .......................................................................... 1  
23 .............. 78-8114-4816-2 ............ REINFORCEMENT, Left ............................................................................ 1  
24 .............. 78-8114-4817-0 ............ SUPPORT, Gate............................................................................................ 1  
25 .............. 78-8114-4818-8 ............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M8 x 14 .......................................................... 8  
26 .............. 78-8114-4819-6 ............ GATE ............................................................................................................ 1  
27 .............. 78-8119-8738-3 ............ SUPPORT, Roller ......................................................................................... 1  
28 .............. 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 2  
29 .............. 78-8076-5349-4............ ROLLER, /32 x 198...................................................................................... 1  
30 .............. 78-8052-6668-7............ SNAP, Roller ................................................................................................ 1  
31 .............. 78-8114-4822-0 ............ COVER, Right/Left ...................................................................................... 2  
32 .............. 78-8032-0382-3............ SCREW, Soc. Hex Hd., M5 x 16, Zinc. Pl. ................................................ 12  
33 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 .................................................................................... 12  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Infeed Conveyor Frame (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
34 .............. 78-8114-4823-8 ............ SUPPORT, Photocell/Reflector .................................................................... 2  
35 .............. 78-8076-5057-3............ REFLECTOR, E39-R1 ................................................................................. 3  
36 .............. 78-8010-7157-8............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 10.......................................................................... 6  
37 .............. 78-8010-7416-8............ NUT, Metric, Hex, Steel, M4 ....................................................................... 6  
38 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm, Nick. .......................................................... 6  
39 .............. 78-8114-4824-6 ............ PHOTOCELL, E3F2, R2B4, P1, E .............................................................. 3  
40 .............. 78-8114-4825-3 ............ CONNECTOR, CS, A2, 02, S, 05 ................................................................ 3  
7-62  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-24. Infeed Conveyor Drive Assembly  
7-64  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Infeed Conveyor Drive Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8114-4827-9 ............ GEARBOX, NMRV40, i20, PAM63, B5 ..................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8114-4826-1 ............ GEARBOX, NMRV40, i10, PAM63, B5 ..................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8114-4828-7 ............ FLANGE, Gearbox....................................................................................... 2  
4 ................ 26-1003-7957-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ........................................................ 12  
5 ................ 78-8017-9301-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M8 x 25........................................................................ 16  
6 ................ 26-1003-6904-5............ NUT, Hex, M8 ............................................................................................ 16  
7 ................ 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm................................................................... 16  
8 ................ 78-8114-4829-5 ............ SHAFT, Gearbox .......................................................................................... 2  
9 ................ 78-8057-5811-3 ............ KEY, 6 x 6 x 20 mm. .................................................................................... 4  
10 .............. 78-8017-9169-6............ NUT, M18 x 1............................................................................................... 2  
11 .............. 78-8076-5366-8............ SPROCKET, Z=16, 3/8-inch ........................................................................ 2  
12 .............. 78-8059-5617-0............ SET SCREW, M6 x 8 ................................................................................... 2  
13 .............. 78-8114-4830-3 ............ SLIDE, Chain ............................................................................................... 2  
14 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 ...................................................................................... 4  
15 .............. 78-8091-0736-6............ FLANGE, Rollers ....................................................................................... 12  
16 .............. 78-8091-0726-7............ SET SCREW, M5 x 5 ................................................................................. 24  
17 .............. 78-8032-0379-9............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M4 x 16 ........................................................ 36  
18 .............. 78-8005-5740-3............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 4mm, Nick. ........................................................ 36  
19 .............. 78-8114-5092-9 ............ SHAFT, Sprocket.......................................................................................... 6  
20 .............. 78-8059-5611-3 ............ KEY .............................................................................................................. 6  
21 .............. 78-8114-4831-1 ............ ROLLER ASSEMBLY ................................................................................. 2  
22 .............. 78-8114-4832-9 ............ ROLLER ASSEMBLY, Gummed ................................................................. 4  
23 .............. 78-8076-5370-0............ SPROCKET, Z=17, 3/8-inch ........................................................................ 6  
24 .............. 78-8059-5613-9............ SET SCREW, M5 x 14 ................................................................................. 6  
25 .............. 78-8114-4833-7 ............ CHAIN, 3/8-inch, 55 Pitch ........................................................................... 2  
26 .............. 78-8100-0865-2............ MOTOR, 200/220V, 50/60Hz....................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8076-5372-6............ FAN, Motor .................................................................................................. 2  
28 .............. 78-8005-5736-1............ LOCKWASHER, for M8 Screw................................................................... 8  
29 .............. 78-8060-7626-7............ CONNECTOR .............................................................................................. 4  
30 .............. 78-8114-4834-5 ............ CONDUIT, /12, 3 Mt. ................................................................................... 1  
31 .............. 78-8114-4835-2 ............ WIRE, AWG18, Black, 5 Mt. ....................................................................... 2  
32 .............. 78-8114-4836-0 ............ WIRE, AWG16, Yellow/Green, 5 Mt. .......................................................... 1  
33 .............. 78-8060-7877-6............ PLUG HOUSING, Vertical ........................................................................... 2  
34 .............. 78-8060-7875-0............ PLUG, Male .................................................................................................. 1  
35 .............. 78-8060-7591-3............ PLUG ............................................................................................................ 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-25. Infeed Conveyor Centering Assembly  
7-66  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List - Infeed Conveyor Centering Assembly  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8114-4837-8 ............ BOX .............................................................................................................. 1  
2 ................ 78-8023-2551-0............ BEARING, 6005, 2RS .................................................................................. 4  
3 ................ 78-8076-5352-8............ SHAFT, Lever............................................................................................... 2  
4 ................ 78-8057-5811-3 ............ KEY, 6 x 6 x 20mm. ..................................................................................... 2  
5 ................ 78-8076-5353-6............ KEY, 6 x 6 x 25 ............................................................................................ 2  
6 ................ 78-8076-5354-4............ SPACER, Bearing ......................................................................................... 2  
7 ................ 78-8076-5355-1............ SPROCKET, Z=20, 3/8-inch ........................................................................ 2  
8 ................ 78-8059-5617-0............ SET SCREW, M6 x 8 ................................................................................... 2  
9 ................ 78-8114-5089-5 ............ CHAIN, 3/8-inch, 45 Pitch ........................................................................... 1  
10 .............. 78-8055-0719-7............ CHAIN, 3/8-inch, 27 Pitch Long .................................................................. 1  
11 .............. 78-8054-8784-6............ BLOCK, Chain ............................................................................................. 1  
12 .............. 78-8054-8787-9............ CHAIN LINK ............................................................................................... 2  
13 .............. 78-8056-3945-3............ E-RING, M4.................................................................................................. 2  
14 .............. 78-8054-8783-8............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 2  
15 .............. 78-8060-7519-4............ SCREW, M3 x 25 ......................................................................................... 1  
16 .............. 78-8059-5517-2............ NUT, Self-Locking, M3, Zinc. Pl. ................................................................ 4  
17 .............. 78-8054-8788-7............ CHAIN CONNECTOR ................................................................................ 1  
18 .............. 78-8054-8786-1............ CHAIN CONNECTOR ................................................................................ 2  
19 .............. 78-8060-7520-2............ SCREW, M3 x 20 ......................................................................................... 3  
20 .............. 78-8054-8785-3............ ROD, Threaded, Right/Left .......................................................................... 2  
21 .............. 78-8010-7418-4............ NUT, Metric, Hex, Stl., M6 .......................................................................... 2  
22 .............. 78-8076-5356-9............ SPACER, Mounting ...................................................................................... 4  
23 .............. 78-8114-5090-3 ............ COVER......................................................................................................... 1  
24 .............. 78-8032-0375-7............ SCREW, Metric, Hex Hd., M6 x 16 ............................................................. 4  
25 .............. 26-1000-0010-3............ WASHER, Flat, M6 ...................................................................................... 4  
26 .............. 78-8076-5358-5............ SPACER, Bearing ......................................................................................... 2  
27 .............. 78-8076-5359-3............ LEVER, Right .............................................................................................. 1  
28 .............. 78-8076-5360-1............ LEVER, Left................................................................................................. 1  
29 .............. 78-8076-5361-9............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 2  
30 .............. 78-8057-5716-4............ SCREW, Flat Hd. Soc., M8 x 15 .................................................................. 2  
31 .............. 78-8114-8091-1 ............ GUIDE, Infeed.............................................................................................. 2  
32 .............. 78-8076-5363-5............ PLATE, Bar .................................................................................................. 2  
33 .............. 26-1003-7957-2............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Hd., M6 x 16 .......................................................... 4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Parts List - Infeed Conveyor Centering Assembly (Continued)  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
34 .............. 78-8054-8779-6............ CAP, End ...................................................................................................... 4  
35 .............. 78-8057-5747-9............ MOUNT, Cylinder Rod End......................................................................... 1  
36 .............. 78-8076-5364-3............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M12 x 55........................................................................ 1  
37 .............. 78-8017-9059-9............ WASHER, Flat for M12 Screw .................................................................... 2  
38 .............. 78-8060-7532-7............ NUT, Self-Locking, M12.............................................................................. 1  
39 .............. 26-1003-7964-8............ SCREW, Soc. Hd., Hex Soc. Dr., M8 x 20................................................... 6  
40 .............. 78-8017-9318-9............ WASHER, Plain, Metric, 8mm..................................................................... 6  
7-68  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-26. Taping Head Assemblies - AccuGlideÔ II STD 2-Inch  
7-70  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
This page intentionally left blank.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-27. Frame Assembly for Upper Head  
7-72  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Frame Assembly for Upper Head  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1386-3............ FRAME, Tape Mount Upper Assembly ....................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8070-1387-1............ FRAME, Front Upper Assembly .................................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8068-4143-9............ GUIDE, #1 .................................................................................................... 1  
4 ................ 78-8068-4144-7............ GUIDE, #2 .................................................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 83-0002-7336-3............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 14........................................................................ 18  
6 ................ 78-8010-7416-8............ NUT, Hex Jam, M4..................................................................................... 18  
7 ................ 78-8070-1251-9............ SPACER, Spring ........................................................................................... 1  
8 ................ 78-8054-8764-8............ SPACER, 10 x 10 x 90mm ........................................................................... 1  
9 ................ 78-8052-6560-6............ SPACER, Front ............................................................................................. 1  
10 .............. 78-8060-7936-0............ BRUSH ASSEMBLY ................................................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8052-6564-8............ SHAFT, Tension Roller ................................................................................ 1  
12 .............. 78-8052-6568-9............ SHAFT, Wrap Roller .................................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 9  
15 .............. 78-8100-1009-6............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 1  
16 .............. 78-8052-6565-5............ ROLLER, Top Tension ................................................................................. 1  
17 .............. 78-8052-6566-3............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 2  
18 .............. 78-8052-6567-1............ SPRING, Compression ................................................................................. 1  
19 .............. 78-8017-9077-1............ NUT, Self-Locking, M10 x 1........................................................................ 1  
20 .............. 78-8052-6569-7............ ROLLER, Wrap ............................................................................................ 1  
21 .............. 26-1000-1613-3............ RING, Retaining, Tru-Arc #1-420-0120-100 ................................................ 1  
22 .............. 78-8076-4500-3............ STUD, Mounting .......................................................................................... 4  
23 .............. 78-8076-5242-1............ STOP, Cut-Off Frame ................................................................................... 2  
24 .............. 78-8060-8179-6............ SCREW, Flat Hd. Hex, M6 x 20 .................................................................. 1  
25 .............. 78-8076-5477-3............ WASHER, Special /6.5 x 20 x 4 ................................................................... 1  
26 .............. 78-8100-1047-6............ GUARD, Head.............................................................................................. 1  
27 .............. 78-8060-8087-1............ SCREW, M5 x 10 ......................................................................................... 4  
28 .............. 78-8005-5741-1............ WASHER, Flat, M5 ...................................................................................... 4  
29 .............. 78-8076-4734-8............ BUMPER ...................................................................................................... 2  
30 .............. 78-8070-1365-7............ LABEL, Threading, English Language ........................................................ 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-28. Applying Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads  
7-74  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Applying Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1206-3............ APPLYING ARM #1 .................................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8070-1207-1............ APPLYING ARM #2 .................................................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8070-1221-2............ PLATE, Tape ................................................................................................ 1  
4 ................ 78-8070-1309-5............ SHAFT ROLLER ......................................................................................... 2  
5 ................ 78-8070-1367-3............ ROLLER, Knurled Assembly ....................................................................... 1  
6 ................ 78-8070-1266-7............ ROLLER, Wrap ............................................................................................ 1  
7 ................ 78-8052-6580-4............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 1  
8 ................ 78-8017-9082-1............ BEARING, Special, 30mm ........................................................................... 2  
9 ................ 78-8017-9106-8............ SCREW, Bearing Shoulder........................................................................... 2  
10 .............. 78-8052-6575-4............ SHAFT, Roller .............................................................................................. 1  
11 .............. 78-8017-9074-8............ WASHER, Nylon, 15mm .............................................................................. 1  
12 .............. 78-8052-6566-3............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 2  
13 .............. 78-8052-6567-1............ SPRING, Compression ................................................................................. 1  
14 .............. 78-8060-8395-8............ BUSHING, Applying Roller ......................................................................... 1  
15 .............. 78-8057-6179-4............ ROLLER, Applying ...................................................................................... 1  
16 .............. 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-29. Buffing Assembly for Upper Head  
7-76  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Buffing Assembly for Upper Head  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1392-1............ BUFFING ARM, Sub Assembly .................................................................. 1  
2 ................ 78-8070-1391-3............ BUFFING ARM, Sub Assembly .................................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8052-6575-4............ SHAFT, Roller .............................................................................................. 1  
4 ................ 78-8052-6586-1............ BUSHING, Buffing Roller............................................................................ 1  
5 ................ 78-8057-6178-6............ ROLLER, Buffing ........................................................................................ 1  
7 ................ 78-8070-1220-4............ SPACER, Spring ........................................................................................... 1  
8 ................ 78-8017-9109-2............ SHAFT, 10 x 90mm ...................................................................................... 1  
9 ................ 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 6  
10 .............. 78-8070-1274-1............ SPRING, Upper (Silver) ............................................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8070-1244-4............ HOLDER, Spring ......................................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-30. Link Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads  
7-78  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Link Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1388-9............ LINK, Arm Bushing Assembly..................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8070-1389-7............ LINK, Arm Bushing Assembly..................................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8070-1271-7............ SHAFT, Pivot ............................................................................................... 2  
4 ................ 78-8017-9082-1............ BEARING, Special 30mm ............................................................................ 2  
5 ................ 78-8017-9106-8............ SCREW, Bearing Shoulder........................................................................... 2  
6 ................ 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-31. Knife Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads  
7-80  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Knife Assembly for Upper and Lower Heads  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1217-0............ FRAME, Cut-Off Weldment......................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8017-9173-8............ KNIFE, 65mm/2.56-inch .............................................................................. 1  
3 ................ 26-1002-5817-2............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M5 x 8............................................................................ 2  
4 ................ 78-8070-1371-5............ KNIFE GUARD ASSEMBLY, W/English Language Label ........................ 1  
5 ................ 78-8052-6597-8............ SHAFT, Knife Guard.................................................................................... 1  
7 ................ 26-1005-4758-2............ SCREW, Flat Hd, Soc Dr, M4 x 10 .............................................................. 2  
8 ................ 78-8017-9135-7............ SHAFT, Spacer ............................................................................................. 1  
9 ................ 78-8052-6600-0............ SPACER........................................................................................................ 2  
10 .............. 78-8070-1269-1............ BUMPER ...................................................................................................... 2  
11 .............. 26-1005-4757-4............ SCREW, Flat Hd, Soc Dr, M5 x 20 .............................................................. 2  
12 .............. 78-8052-6602-6............ SPRING, Cutter............................................................................................. 2  
13 .............. 78-8017-9132-4............ PIVOT, Cutter Lever .................................................................................... 2  
14 .............. 26-1003-5828-7............ SCREW, Spec., Hex Hd., M6 x 10 ............................................................... 2  
15 .............. 78-8070-1216-2............ SLIDE, Extension ......................................................................................... 2  
16 .............. 26-1008-6574-5............ SCREW, Flat Hd., Phil.Dr., M4 x 10............................................................ 4  
17 .............. 78-8113-7031-7 ............ BUSHING, 58.5mm Long............................................................................. 1  
18 .............. 78-8113-7030-9 ............ SPRING, Torsion .......................................................................................... 1  
19 .............. 78-8070-1335-0............ LABEL, Warning, English............................................................................ 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-32. Tape Drum and Bracket for Upper and Lower Heads  
7-82  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Tape Drum and Bracket for Upper and Lower Heads  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1395-4............ BRACKET, Bushing Assembly .................................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8076-4519-3............ SHAFT, Tape Drum, 50mm .......................................................................... 1  
3 ................ 78-8017-9169-6............ NUT, M18 x 1............................................................................................... 1  
4 ................ 78-8070-1569-4............ TAPE DRUM SUB-ASSEMBLY................................................................. 1  
5 ................ 78-8052-6749-5............ TAPE DRUM................................................................................................ 1  
6 ................ 78-8052-6268-6............ LEAF SPRING ............................................................................................. 1  
7 ................ 26-1002-5753-9............ SCREW, Self Tapping .................................................................................. 2  
8 ................ 78-8060-8172-1............ WASHER, Friction ....................................................................................... 1  
9 ................ 78-8052-6271-0............ WASHER, Tape Drum .................................................................................. 1  
10 .............. 78-8100-1048-4............ SPRING, Core Holder................................................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8017-9077-1............ NUT, Self-Locking, M10 x 1........................................................................ 1  
12 .............. 78-8100-1046-8............ SPACER, Bracket ......................................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 4  
14 .............. 78-8060-8474-1............ TAPE DRUM ASSEMBLY .......................................................................... 1  
15 .............. 26-1004-5510-9............ WASHER, Plain, M10 .................................................................................. 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-33. Frame Assembly for Lower Head  
7-84  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Frame Assembly for Lower Head  
Description  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1369-9............ FRAME, Tape Mount Lower Assembly ....................................................... 1  
2 ................ 78-8070-1370-7............ FRAME, Front Lower Assembly.................................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8068-4144-7............ GUIDE, #2 .................................................................................................... 1  
4 ................ 78-8068-4143-9............ GUIDE, #1 .................................................................................................... 1  
5 ................ 83-0002-7336-3............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M4 x 14........................................................................ 18  
6 ................ 78-8010-7416-8............ NUT, Hex, M4 ............................................................................................ 18  
7 ................ 78-8070-1251-9............ SPACER, Spring ........................................................................................... 1  
8 ................ 78-8054-8764-8............ SPACER, 10 x 10 x 90mm ........................................................................... 1  
9 ................ 78-8052-6560-6............ SPACER, Front ............................................................................................. 1  
10 .............. 78-8060-7936-0............ BRUSH ASSEMBLY ................................................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8052-6564-8............ SHAFT, Tension Roller ................................................................................ 1  
12 .............. 78-8052-6568-9............ SHAFT, Wrap Roller .................................................................................... 1  
13 .............. 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 9  
15 .............. 78-8100-1009-6............ WASHER, Special ........................................................................................ 1  
16 .............. 78-8052-6606-7............ ROLLER, Tension Bottom ........................................................................... 1  
17 .............. 26-1004-5510-9............ WASHER, Plain, M10 .................................................................................. 2  
18 .............. 78-8052-6567-1............ SPRING, Compression ................................................................................. 1  
19 .............. 78-8017-9077-1............ NUT, Self-Locking, M10 x 1........................................................................ 1  
20 .............. 78-8052-6569-7............ ROLLER, Wrap ............................................................................................ 1  
21 .............. 26-1000-1613-3............ RING, Retaining, Tru-Arc #1-420-0120-100 ................................................ 1  
22 .............. 78-8076-4500-3............ STUD, Mounting .......................................................................................... 4  
23 .............. 78-8076-5242-1............ STOP, Cut-Off Frame ................................................................................... 2  
24 .............. 78-8060-8179-6............ SCREW, Flat Hd. Hex, M6 x 20 .................................................................. 1  
25 .............. 78-8076-5477-3............ WASHER, Special /6.5 x 20 x 4 ................................................................... 1  
29 .............. 78-8076-4734-8............ BUMPER ...................................................................................................... 2  
30 .............. 78-8070-1364-0............ LABEL, Threading, English Language ........................................................ 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Figure 7-34. Buffing Assembly for Lower Head  
7-86  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
Parts List – Buffing Assembly for Lower Head  
Item  
Part  
Number Number  
Description  
Qty  
1 ................ 78-8070-1391-3............ BUFFING ARM SUB ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 1  
2 ................ 78-8070-1392-1............ BUFFING ARM SUB ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 1  
3 ................ 78-8052-6575-4............ SHAFT, Roller .............................................................................................. 1  
4 ................ 78-8052-6586-1............ BUSHING, Buffing Roller............................................................................ 1  
5 ................ 78-8057-6178-6............ ROLLER, Buffing ........................................................................................ 1  
7 ................ 78-8070-1220-4............ SPACER, Spring ........................................................................................... 1  
8 ................ 78-8017-9109-2............ SHAFT, 10 x 90mm ...................................................................................... 1  
9 ................ 26-1003-5829-5............ SCREW, Hex Hd., M6 x 12.......................................................................... 6  
10 .............. 78-8070-1273-3............ SPRING, Lower (Black) ............................................................................... 1  
11 .............. 78-8070-1244-4............ HOLDER, Spring ......................................................................................... 1  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
7-87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Illustrated Parts Breakdown  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
7-88  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Preventative Maintenance  
Table of Contents  
8. Preventative Maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 8-1  
8-1.  
General ............................................................................................................................................... 8-1  
8-1-1. Maintenance.......................................................................................................................... 8-1  
8-1-2. Tool Kit ................................................................................................................................. 8-1  
8-2.  
8-3.  
Cleaning ............................................................................................................................................. 8-1  
Lubrication ......................................................................................................................................... 8-2  
8-3-1. Taping Heads ........................................................................................................................ 8-2  
8-3-2. Main Assembly and Infeed Assembly................................................................................... 8-2  
8-4.  
Maintenance Schedule ....................................................................................................................... 8-4  
8-4-1. Taping Heads ........................................................................................................................ 8-4  
8-4-2. Infeed Assembly.................................................................................................................... 8-4  
8-4-3. Main Assembly ..................................................................................................................... 8-5  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
8-i  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preventative Maintenance  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
8-ii  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
8. Preventative Maintenance  
Preventative Maintenance  
8-2.  
Cleaning  
Regular slotted containers produce a great deal of  
dust and paper chips when processed or handled in  
equipment. If this dust is allowed to build up on  
machine components, it can cause component wear  
and overheating of the drive motors. The dust buildup  
can best be removed from the machine by a shop  
vacuum.  
8-1. General  
The Model 800rf Case Sealer is designed for long,  
trouble-free service.  
8-1-1. Maintenance  
The machine performs best when it receives routine  
maintenance and cleaning. Machine components that  
fail or wear excessively should be promptly repaired  
or replaced to prevent damage to other portions of the  
machine or to the product.  
Depending on the number of boxes sealed in the case  
sealer, cleaning should be done approximately once  
per month. If the boxes sealed are dirty, or if the  
environment in which the machine operates is dusty,  
more frequent cleaning may be necessary.  
8-1-2. Tool Kit  
Since the case sealer uses metric fasteners, a tool kit  
consisting of open-end and hex-socket wrenches is  
provided with the machine.  
!
Caution  
Never attempt to remove dirt by blowing it  
out with compressed air. This causes dirt to  
be blown inside the motors and between  
sliding surfaces. Dirt in these areas causes  
serious damage and rapid wear. Never  
wash the machine with water or subject it  
to conditions that cause moisture  
! Warning  
Turn off electrical power and compressed  
air at the machine. Disconnect the power  
cord from the electrical supply and  
disconnect the air supply line before  
beginning maintenance. If the power and  
compressed air are not disconnected,  
severe personal injury could result. Use  
care when replacing the tape cut-off knives.  
They are extremely sharp and could cause  
severe personal injury.  
condensation on components. Serious  
damage could result.  
1. Vacuum the machine to remove dust and paper  
chips.  
2. Wipe off grime with a soft cloth dampened with  
3M Natural Cleaner (62-4668-2730-0).  
3. Wipe off the tape cut-off knives with a cloth  
dampened with 3M Natural Cleaner. Use a  
motion away from the sharp edge.  
4. Drain any water from the bowl of the Main Air  
Pressure Regulator/Filter and clean it as neces-  
sary.  
5. Wipe off the conveyor bed rollers with a cloth  
dampened with 3M Natural Cleaner. Make sure  
the rollers are free on their shafts. If they are not  
free, spray them with 3M Natural Cleaner.  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preventative Maintenance  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
8-3. Lubrication  
2. Apply 3M 5-Way Penetrant (62-4696-2730-1)  
to all pivot points of the taping head. Refer to  
Figure 8-2.  
Like most other equipment, the case sealer must be  
lubricated periodically to ensure long, trouble-free  
service. Most of the machine bearings are perma-  
nently lubricated and sealed and do not need further  
lubrication. The drive motors and cylinders are also  
permanently lubricated and do not require additional  
lubrication.  
3. Apply 3M 5-Way Penetrant to the tape cut-off  
knife oiler pad. Saturate the pad.  
!
Caution  
During lubrication, wipe off all excess  
lubricant and grease. Excess lubricant  
attracts dust and dirt that can cause  
equipment wear and jamming. Take care  
that no lubricant or grease remains on the  
surface of rollers around which tape is  
wrapped.  
8-3-1. Taping Heads  
Figures 8-1 and 8-2 illustrate the taping head points  
that should be lubricated after every 250 hours of  
operation.  
Figure 8-2. Lubricating Pivot Points and  
Oiler Pad  
For each taping head:  
1. Apply a small amount of multipurpose grease  
to the guides and to the ends of each spring  
where the spring loops are secured. Refer to  
Figure 8-1.  
8-3-2. Main Assembly and Infeed Assembly  
With reference to Figure 8-3 and the associated  
figures in Section 7, Illustrated Parts Breakdown,  
lubricate the machine wear points as indicated.  
1. Side Belt Drive Closure Assembly  
At 250 hours, use multipurpose grease.  
Lightly coat chain pitches  
(Figure 7-5, # 17 and #18).  
Lightly coat outside diameter of the shafts of the  
arm assembly (Figure 7-5, #1, #2, #3, and #4).  
Lightly coat inside diameter of bushing  
(Figure 7-13, #89) use grease fitting,  
(Figure 7-5, #38) use needle point gun on  
this fitting.  
Figure 8-1. Lubricating Guides and  
Spring Loops  
8-2  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Preventative Maintenance  
5. Infeed Roller Assemblies  
At 250 hours, use multipurpose grease.  
2. Side Belt Drive Assembly  
At 250 hours, use multipurpose grease.  
Coat two (2) roller chains (Figure 7-24,  
# 25) both sides, left front and right rear.  
Lightly coat chain pitches  
(Figure 7-13, # 75).  
Coat two (2) drive motor sprockets (Figure 7-  
24, # 11) both sides, left front and right rear.  
3. Column Assembly  
At 250 hours, use multipurpose grease.  
Coat six (6) roller sprockets (Figure 7-24,  
# 23) both sides, left front and right rear.  
Lightly coat outside surface of the  
column guides (Figure 7-6, #3).  
Coat six (6) roller shafts (Figure 7-24,  
# 19) both sides, left front and right rear.  
4. Side Drive Belt/  
Compression Roller Assembly Rails  
At 250 hours, use 3M 5-Way Penetrant  
(62-4696-2730-1).  
6. Centering Rails Assembly  
At 250 hours, use multipurpose grease.  
Lightly coat outside surface of bushing  
(Figure 7-9, # 9).  
Lightly coat chain pitches  
(Figure 7-25, #9 and #10).  
At 250 hours, use multipurpose grease.  
Lightly coat rails (Figure 7-9, #4).  
Figure 8-3. Lubricating Main Assembly and Infeed Assembly  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preventative Maintenance  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
8-4. Maintenance Schedule  
1-1-1. Taping Heads  
The following table provides recommendations for  
inspecting and replacing parts, and cleaning and  
lubricating the upper and lower taping heads.  
Taping Head  
Inspect/Replace  
Clean  
Lubricate  
Counter Cycles *  
Tape Cut-Off  
Knife  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace when dull,  
broken teeth, or poor  
cutting.  
250 hours.  
3M Natural Cleaner.  
250 hours.  
3M 5-Way  
Penetrant.  
Every 120,000 cycles  
Knife Oiler Pad  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
N.A.  
250 hours.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Replace when worn,  
or won’t hold sufficient  
oil.  
3M 5-Way  
Penetrant.  
Rollers and Shafts Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
250 hours.  
250 hours.  
3M Natural Cleaner.  
3M 5-Way  
Penetrant.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
* Based on an average of 8 cartons/minute. (480 cartons/hour x 250 hours = 120,000 cycles)  
8-4-2. Infeed Assembly  
The following table provides recommendations for  
inspecting and replacing parts, and cleaning and  
lubricating the infeed assembly.  
Taping Head  
Inspect/Replace  
Clean  
Lubricate  
Counter Cycles *  
Centering Rails  
Closure Chain  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
N.A.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Infeed Drive Motor  
Sprockets and  
Chains  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Infeed Roller  
Sprockets and  
Shafts  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
* Based on an average of 8 cartons/minute. (480 cartons/hour x 250 hours = 120,000 cycles)  
8-4  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
Preventative Maintenance  
8-4-3. Main Assembly  
The following table provides recommendations for inspecting and replacing parts, and cleaning and lubricating  
the main assembly.  
Main Assembly  
Inspect/Replace  
Clean  
Lubricate  
Counter Cycles *  
Side Drive Belts  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
250 hours.  
Vacuum.  
N.A.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Replace when worn,  
or slipping on carton.  
Belt Drive Rings  
Inspect at 500 hours.  
Replace when worn,  
or won’t drive belts.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
Every 240,000 cycles.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
Every 120,000 cycles.  
N.A.  
Side Belt Closure  
Assembly Chains,  
Shafts, and Bushings  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
Side Belt Drive  
Assembly Chains  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
Column Assembly  
Column Guides  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
Top Flap  
Compression  
Roller Bushings  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
Replace as needed.  
250 hours.  
3M 5-Way  
Penetrant.  
Side Drive Belt  
Rails  
Inspect at 250 hours.  
250 hours.  
Multipurpose  
grease.  
Main Air Pressure  
Regulator/Filter  
Inspect as needed.  
Replace as needed.  
Drain. Do not allow  
water to go above  
filter element. Clean  
as needed.  
N.A.  
* Based on an average of 8 cartons/minute. (480 cartons/hour x 250 hours = 120,000 cycles)  
(480 cartons/hour x 500 hours = 240,000 cycles)  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preventative Maintenance  
3M-Matic 800rf Case Sealer  
This page intentionally left blank.  
8-6  
Copyright 1999, 3M IPC. All rights reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

3Com Network Router 3CRWE754G72 A User Manual
Abit Computer Hardware KV8 PRO User Manual
Acer Laptop N260G User Manual
Acesonic Karaoke Machine DGX 109 User Manual
Acumen Automobile Parts SP500 User Manual
Adaptec Network Card AUA 3020 User Manual
Addonics Technologies Network Card AD4IN1EXC34 User Manual
Agri Fab Spreader 45 0405 User Manual
American Standard Hot Tub 047438 0070A User Manual
Beko Clothes Dryer DPU 8340 X User Manual